Novel nucleic acid prodrugs and methods use thereof.
Abstract
Described herein are nucleic acid prodrugs and nucleic acid prodrugs comprising chiral phosphorous moieties. Also described herein are methods of making and using nucleic acid prodrugs and nucleic acid prodrugs comprising chiral phosphorous moieties.

Term
3.8 yearsleft in the term
Expires 6 July 2030.
- Priority
- Filed
- Granted
- Today
- Expires
3 claims: 3 independent, 0 dependent
- 1NOVEDAD DE LA INVENCION _ NOVELTY OF THE INVENTION _ Habiendo descrito el presente invento, se considera como una novedad y, por lo tanto, se reclama como propiedad lo contenido en las siguientes Having described the present invention, it is considered as a novelty and, therefore, the content of the following is claimed as property CLAIMS REIVINDICACIONES 1. Una composición de oligonucleótido caracterizada porque comprende una pluralidad de oligonucleótidos que tienen la siguiente estructura:one. An oligonucleotide composition characterized in that it comprises a plurality of oligonucleotides that have the following structure: OR3 OR3 Formula 1 where: Fórmula 1 donde: cada X-fosfonato tiene independientemente una configuración Rp o Sp;each X-phosphonate independently has an Rp or Sp configuration;R1 es -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halógeno, hidrógeno, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, alquilo-Y1-, alquenilo-Y1-, alquinilo-Y1-, arilo-Y1-, heteroarilo-Y1-, -P(O)(Re)2, R1 is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y1-, alkenyl-Y1-, alkynyl-Y1-, aryl-Y1-, heteroaryl-Y1-, -BYand)2, HP (O) (Rand), -ORto O -SRC;HP (O) (Re) , -ORa O -SRC;AND1 is O, NRd, S or Se;Y1 es O, NRd, S o Se;Ra es un grupo bloqueante;Rto it is a blocking group;2 0 2 0 3 56 3 56 IMPI IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL INDUSTRIAL Rc es un grupo bloqueante;. Rc it is a blocking group;. cada instancia de Rd es independientemente hidrógeno, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, arilo, acilo, sililo sustituido, carbamato, -P(O) (Re)2 o -HP(O) (Re) ;each instance of Rd it is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (O) (Rand) 2 or -HP (O) (Rand) ;cada instancia de Re es independientemente hidrógeno, alquilo, arilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, alquilo-Y2-, alqueniloY2-, alquinilo-Y2-, arilo-Y2- o heteroarilo-Y2-, o un catión que es Na+1, Li+1 o IC1;each instance of Rand is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na+1, Li+1 or IC1;AND2 is O, S, or NRd where Rd it is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, or carbamate;Y2 es O, S, o NRd en donde Rd es hidrógeno, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, arilo, acilo, sililo sustituido, o carbamato;cada instancia de R2 es independientemente hidrógeno, each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen, -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y1-, alkenyl-Y1-, alkynyl-Y1-, ariloY1-, heteroaryl-Y1-, -ORb or -SRC, where Rb it is a blocking group;-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halógeno, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, alquilo-Y1-, alquenilo-Y1-, alquinilo-Y1-, ariloY1-, heteroarilo-Y1-, -ORb o -SRC, donde Rb es un grupo bloqueante;cada instancia de Ba es independientemente adenina, citosina, guanina, timina, uracilo o nucleobase modificada bloqueados o no bloqueados;en donde cada nucleobase modificada es independientemente adenina, citosina, guanina, timina o uracilo, modificada por una o más modificaciones por medio de las cuales: each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;wherein each modified nucleobase is independently adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, or uracil, modified by one or more modifications by means of which: (1) A nucleobase is modified by one or more independently selected groups of acyl, halogen, amino, (1) una nucleobase se modifica por uno o más grupos seleccionados independientemente de acilo, halógeno, amino, 3 57 3 57 IMPI IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL azida, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, bpi-ar-oa Irruí lo, heteroalquenilo, heteroalquinilo, heterociclilo, heteroarilo, carboxilo, hidroxilo, biotina, avidina, estreptavidina, sililo substituido, y combinaciones de los mismos;MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY azide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, bpi-ar-oa Irruílo, heteroalkenyl, heteroalquinyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, biotin, avidin, streptavidin, substituted silyl, and combinations thereof;
- 2(2) one or more atoms in a nucleobase are independently replaced with one other carbon, nitrogen or sulfur atom;(2) uno o más átomos de una nucleobase se remplazan independientemente con un átomo distonto de carbono, nitrógeno o azufre;
- 3(3) one or more double bonds in a nucleobase are independently hydrogenated; or (4) one or more aryl or heteroaryl rings are independently inserted into a nucleobase; (3) uno o más enlaces dobles en una nucleobase son independientemente hidrogenados; o (4) uno o más anillos arilo o heteroarilo son insertados independientemente en una nucleobase; o se selecciona de:or is selected from: uracil, thymine, adenine, cytosine, and guanine, whose corresponding amino groups are protected by protecting groups acyl, 2-fluorouracil, 2-fluorocytosine, 5bromouracil, 5-iodouracil, 2,6-diaminopurine, azacytosine, pseudoisocytosine, pseudouracil, purines 8- substituted, xanthine, hypoxanthine, or uracilo, timina, adenina, citosina y guanina, cuyos grupos amino correspondientes están protegidos por grupos protectores acilo, 2-fluorouracilo, 2-fluorocitosina, 5bromouracilo, 5-yodouracilo, 2,6-diaminopurina, azacitosina, pseudoisocitosina, pseudouracilo, purinas 8-sustituidas, xantina, hipoxantina, o o or 358 358 ΙΜΡΙ ΙΜΡΙ INSTITUTO MEXICANO P£ LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL donde : --------------—.............. MEXICAN INSTITUTE P £ LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL where: --------------—.............. R8 es un grupo alquilo, arilo aralquilo o ariloxialquilo lineal o ramificado que tiene 1 a 15 átomos de carbono;y cada uno de R9 y R10 representa un grupo alquilo lineal o ramificado que tiene 1 a 4 átomos de carbono;R8 is a linear or branched alkyl, aryl aralkyl, or aryloxyalkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms;and each of R9 and R10 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;corrin or porphyrin, each optionally modified by one or more groups independently selected from acyl, halogen, amino, azide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, corrina o porfirina, cada uno opcionalmente modificado por uno o más grupos seleccionados independientemente de acilo, halógeno, amino, azida, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, ΙΜΡΙ ΙΜΡΙ INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL arilo, heteroarilo, heteroalquenilo, heteroalquinilo, heterociclilo, heteroalquilo, carboxilo, hidroxilo, biotina, avidina, estreptavidina, sililo substituido, y combinaciones de los mismos;INDUSTRIAL aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, heterocyclyl, heteroalkyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, biotin, avidin, streptavidin, substituted silyl, and combinations thereof;fenantreno, pireno, estilbeno isoxantina isozantopterina, terfenilo, tertiofeno, benzotertiofeno, cumarina, lumazina, estilbeno enlazado, benzo-uracilo o nafto-uracilo, cada uno opcionalmente modificado por uno o más grupos seleccionados independientemente de acilo, halógeno, amino, azida, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, arilo, heteroalquilo, heteroalquenilo, heteroalquinilo, heterociclilo, heteroarilo, carboxilo, hidroxilo, biotina, avidina, estreptavidina, sililo substituido, y combinaciones de los mismos;phenanthrene, pyrene, stilbene isoxanthine isozantopterin, terphenyl, tertiophene, benzotertiofen, coumarin, lumazine, linked stilbene, benzo-uracil or naphtho-uracil, each optionally modified by one or more groups independently selected from acyl, halogen, amino, azide, alkyl , alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalquinyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, biotin, avidin, streptavidin, substituted silyl, and combinations thereof;3-nitropirrol, 5-bromouracilo, 5-yodouracilo o 2,6diaminopurina, o una nucleobase de 4-acetilcitidina;5(carboxihidroxilmetil) uridina;2'-O-metilcitidina;5carboximetilaminometil-2-tiouridina;5carboximetilaminometiluridina;dihidrouridina;2-0metilpseudouridina;beta,D-galactosilqueosina;2-0metilguanosina;N6-isopenteniladenosina;1-metiladenosina;1metilpseudouridina;1-metilguanosina;1-metilinosina;2,2dimetilguanosina;2-metiladenosina;2-metilguanosina;N7metilguanosina;3-metil-citidina;5-metilcitidina;N6IMPI^ 3-nitropyrrole, 5-bromouracil, 5-iodouracil or 2,6diaminopurine, or a 4-acetylcytidine nucleobase;5 (carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uridine;2'-O-methylcytidine;5carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine;5carboxymethylaminomethyluridine;dihydrouridine;2-0methylpseudouridine;beta, D-galactosylqueosine;2-0 methylguanosine;N6-isopentenyladenosine;1-methyladenosine;1methylpseudouridine;1-methylguanosine;1-methylinosine;2,2dimethylguanosine;2-methyladenosine;2-methylguanosine;N7methylguanosine;3-methyl-cytidine;5-methylcytidine;N6IMPI ^ INSTITUTO MEXICANO FLf*· MEXICAN INSTITUTE FLf * · 7 C 1 OE THE PROPERTY J ° -1- INDUSTRIAL methyladenosine;7-methylguanosine;5-methylaminoethyluridine. · 5methoxyamine methyl-2-thiouridine;beta, D-mannosylcheosine;5methoxycarbonylmethyluridine;5-methoxyuridine;2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenosine;N - ((9-beta, D-ribofuranosyl-2-methylthiopurine-6-yl) carbamoyl) threonine;N - ((9-beta, Dribofuranosylpurine-6-yl) -N-methylcarbamoyl) threonine;7 C 1 OE LA PROPIEDAD J ° -1- INDUSTRIAL metiladenosina;7-metilguanosina;5-metilaminoetiluridina.· 5metoxiaminometil-2-tiouridina;beta,D-manosilqueosina;5metoxicarbonilmetiluridina;5-metoxiuridina;2-metiltio-N6isopenteniladenosina;N-((9-beta,D-ribofuranosil-2metiltiopurina-6-il)carbamoil)treonina;N-((9-beta,Dribofuranosilpurina-6-il)-N-metilcarbamoil)treonina;metiléster del ácido uridina-5-oxiacético;ácido uridina-5oxiacético (v) ;pseudouridina;queosina;2-tiocitidina;5metil-2-tiouridina;2-tiouridina;4-tiouridina;5metiluridina;2'-0-metil-5-metiluridina o 2'-0-metiluridina;y heteroarilo o heterociclilo opcionalmente sustituido con uno o más grupos independientemente seleccionados de acilo, halógeno, amino, azida, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, arilo heteroarlquilo, heteroalquenilo, heteroalquinilo, heterociclilo, heteroarilo, carboxilo, hidroxilo, biotina, avidina, estreptavidina, sililo substituido, y combinaciones de los mismos;uridine-5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester;uridine-5-oxyacetic acid (v);pseudouridine;queosine;2-thiocytidine;5-methyl-2-thiouridine;2-thouridine;4-thiouridine;5-methyluridine;2'-0-methyl-5-methyluridine or 2'-0-methyluridine;and heteroaryl or heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more groups independently selected from acyl, halogen, amino, azide, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl alkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, biotin, avidin, silyptavidin substituted, and combinations thereof;cada instancia de X es H o -OCH2CH2S-S (O) 2R10, each instance of X is H or -OCH2CH2S-S (O) 2R10, -OCH2CH2S-SCH2CH2OH, -OCH2CH2S-SCH2CH2OH, -OCH2CH2CO2H, -OCH2CH2CO2H, O OR 362 362 IMPI IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DF. LA PROPltDAD INDUSTRIAL MEXICAN INSTITUTE DF. THE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY Υ ° ^ Υ Υ°^Υ CL CL O OR -O - ^^ g.Me ./Me -O-^^g.Me ./Me I S^^ NCI ¿?I Me <Me Me Me <Me) Me S^^NCMe ¿?Me Me <¡)Me Me <¡)Me VS^ Y [-N'Me where at least 25% of the X residues present in the oligonucleotide are not H;VS^Y[-N'Me donde al menos 25% de los restos X presentes en el oligonucleótido no son H;donde Rio es un grupo alquilo que tiene de 1 a 4 átomos de carbono;Ru es alquilo, arilo, heteroarilo, heterociclilo o cicloalquilo;y R12 es hidrógeno o alquilo;where Rio is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;Ru is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;R3 es hidrógeno, un grupo bloqueante, un resto de enlace conectado a un soporte sólido o un resto de enlace conectado a un ácido nucleico;y n es un número entero de 10 a 200;y en donde la composición está estereodefinida en que R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid;and n is an integer from 10 to 200;and where the composition is stereodefined in that 363 363 IMPI IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL cada resto X-fosfonato es más que 98% diaateCTfeemC'gl-eamonte pura dentro de la composición. MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY each X-phosphonate residue is more than 98% pure diaateCTfeemC'gl-eamonte within the composition. Claim 1, where at least 90% of the residues X is independently selected from -OCH2CH2S -S (0) 2R10, 15 reivindicación 1, donde al menos el 90% de los restos X se selecciona independientemente de -OCH2CH2S -S (0) 2R10, 15 OCH2CH2S - SCH2CH2OH, OCH2CH2S - SCH2CH2OH, -OCH2CH2CO2H, -OCH2CH2CO2H, R12 O R12 O AsAAr ,, '10 and I AsAAr,, '10 y Me I Me 2 0 (j) I% e \ 2 0 (j)Me %e \ 364 364 IMPI IMPI INSTITUTO MIXICANO OS LA ÍMOFISDAD INSTITUTO MIXICANO OS LA ÍMOFISDAD INDUSTRIAL INDUSTRIAL S ^ © Me S^©Me Λ I Λ Me Me v ° ^ Y '(^ Me Me v°^Y' (^Me N. N. I Me N- N- O , y O ;donde Rio es un grupo alquilo que tiene de 1 a 4 átomos de carbono;Rn es alquilo, ariio, heteroarilo, heterociclilo o cicloalquilo;y Ri2 es hidrógeno o alquilo. Or me ;where Rio is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;Rn is alkyl, ariio, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;and Ri2 it is hydrogen or alkyl. 6. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 1, wherein each instance of X is independently selected from -OCH2CH2S-S (0)2River, - 6. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 1, donde cada instancia de X se selecciona independientemente de -OCH2CH2S-S (0)2Rio, - 365 365 Μ ν ° ^ ΓΝ'Μθ Μ ν°^ΓΝ'Μθ VS^ Y <¡) Me <j) Me VS^Y <¡) Me <j)Me V ° ^ fN'I ;where Rio is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;Rn is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. V°^fN'Me ;donde Rio es un grupo alquilo que tiene de 1 a 4 átomos de carbono;Rn es alquilo, arilo, heteroarilo, heterociclilo o cicloalquilo;y R12 es hidrógeno o alquilo. 7. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 1, where Rio is methyl. 7. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 1, donde Rio es metilo. 8. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 1, wherein Rn is methyl. 8. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 1, donde Rn es metilo. 9. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 1, wherein R12 is methyl. 9. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 1, donde R12 es metilo. 10. A pharmaceutical composition characterized in that it comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a composition according to claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 10. Una composición farmacéutica caracterizada porque comprende una cantidad terapéuticamente efectiva de una composición de conformidad con la reividnicación 1 y un excipiente farmacéuticamente aceptable. IMPI “'TSKS» IMPI “'TSKS» INDUSTRIAL INDUSTRIAL 366 366 11. La composición de oligonucleótido de conformidad con la reivindicación 1, en donde n es un entero de 15 a 200. eleven. The oligonucleotide composition according to claim 1, wherein n is an integer from 15 to 200. 12. The oligonucleotide composition according to claim 1, wherein n is an integer from 20 to 200. 12. La composición de oligonucleótido de conformidad con la reivindicación 1, en donde n es un entero de 20 a 200. 13. The oligonucleotide composition according to claim 1, wherein each instance of Ba is independently a blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil, or 5-methylcytosine. 13. La composición de oligonucleótido de conformidad con la reivindicación 1, en donde cada instancia de Ba es independientemente una adenina, citosina, guanina, timina, uracilo, o 5-metilcitosina bloqueados o no bloqueados. 14. The oligonucleotide composition according to claim 1, wherein Y1 that. 14. La composición de oligonucleótido de conformidad con la reivindicación 1, en donde Y1 es O. 15. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 14, en donde: fifteen. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 14, wherein: R1 es -OH, hidrógeno, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, alquilo-Y1-, alquenilo-Y1-, alquinilo-Y1-, arilo-Y1-, heteroarilo-Y1-, o -0Ra;R1 is -OH, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y1-, alkenyl-Y1-, alkynyl-Y1-, aryl-Y1-, heteroaryl-Y1-, or -0Rto;cada instancia de R2 es independientemente hidrógeno, -OH, halógeno, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, alquilo-Y1-, alquenilo-Y1-, alquinilo-Y1-, arilo-Y1-, heteroarilo-Y1-, o 0Rb, donde Rb es un grupo bloqueante;each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen, -OH, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y1-, alkenyl-Y1-, alkynyl-Y1-, aryl-Y1-, heteroaryl-Y1-, or 0Rb, where Rb it is a blocking group;R3 es hidrógeno o un grupo bloqueante. R3 it is hydrogen or a blocking group. 16. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 15, wherein each instance of Ba is independently an adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, 16. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 15, en donde cada instancia de Ba es independientemente una adenina, citosina, guanina, timina, IMPI IMPI INSTITUTO MtXICANO NS'¿£i.Ar«toiTTO*Y MtXICANO INSTITUTE NS'¿£ i.Ar «toiTTO * Y INDUJTKIAL INDUJTKIAL 367 uracil, or blocked or unblocked 5-methylcytosine,. 367 uracilo, o 5-metilcitosina bloqueados o no bloqueados, . 17. The oligonucleotide composition according to claim 1, wherein each instance of Rd it is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or acyl. 17. La composición de oligonucleótido de conformidad con la reivindicación 1, en donde cada instancia de Rd es independientemente hidrógeno, alquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, arilo o acilo. 18. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 17, wherein each instance of Ba is independently a blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil, or 5-methylcytosine. 18. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 17, en donde cada instancia de Ba es independientemente una adenina, citosina, guanina, timina, uracilo, o 5-metilcitosina bloqueados o no bloqueados. 19. The oligonucleotide composition according to claim 1, wherein Y2 is O or S. 19. La composición de oligonucleótido de conformidad con la reivindicación 1, en donde Y2 es O o S. 20. La composición de oligonucleótido de la reivindicación 19, en donde cada instancia de Ba es una adenina, citosina, guanina, timina, uracilo o 5-metilcitosina bloqueados o no bloqueados. twenty. The oligonucleotide composition of claim 19, wherein each instance of Ba is a blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or 5-methylcytosine. 21. La composición farmacéutica de conformidad con la reivindicación 1, caracterizada porque: twenty-one. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 1, characterized in that: R1 es -OH o -ORa;R1 is -OH or -ORto;cada instancia de R2 es independientemente hidrógeno, OH, halógeno, o -0Rb;y each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen, OH, halogen, or -0Rb;and R3 es hidrógeno o un grupo bloqueante;R3 it is hydrogen or a blocking group;cada instancia de Ba es independientemente adenina, citosina, guanina, timina, uracilo o 5-metilcitosina. each instance of Ba is independently adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil, or 5-methylcytosine. 22. A pharmaceutical composition characterized in that 22. Una composición farmacéutica caracterizada porque 368 368 ΙΜΡΙ ΙΜΡΙ INSTITUTO MFXICANO ne la INSTITUTO MFXICANO ne la INDUSTRIAL comprende una cantidad terapéuticamente efectiva da un—* composición de conformidad con la reivindicación 16 y un excipiente farmacéuticamente aceptable. INDUSTRIAL comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a composition according to claim 16 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 2. 3. A pharmaceutical composition characterized in that it comprises a therapeutically effective amount of the composition according to claim 21 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 23. Una composición farmacéutica caracterizada porque comrpende una cantidad terapéuticamente efectiva de la composición de conformidad con la reivindicación 21 y un excipiente farmacéuticamente aceptable.
Independent claims3
3,931 paragraphs in 597 sections, as filed
(54) Title: NOVEL NUCLEIC ACID DRUGS AND METHODS FOR USING THEM. (54) Title: NOVEL NUCLEIC ACID PRODRUGS AND METHODS USE THEREOF.
(57) Summary
The present invention relates to nucleic acid prodrugs and nucleic acid prodrugs comprising chiral phosphorous residues. Methods for preparing and using nucleic acid prodrugs and nucleic acid prodrugs comprising chiral phosphorous residues are also described herein .
(57) Abstract
Described herein are nucleic acid prodrugs and nucleic acid prodrugs comprising chiral phosphorous moieties. Also described herein are methods of making and using nucleic acid prodrugs and nucleic acid prodrugs comprising chiral phosphorous moieties.
<img file="MX342945B_D0001.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0002.tif" />
Institute
Mexican Property
Industrial
PATENT TITLE NO. 342945 _SE_ seottwíA w K »wk
Owner (s): ONTORII, INC.
Address: 419 Western Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts, 02135, USA
Name: NOVEL NUCLEIC ACID DRUGS AND METHODS FOR USING THEM.
Classification:
Inventor (s):
Int.CI.8: A61K31 / 7052; A61K31 / 711; A61P35 / 00; C07H21 / 04 GREGORY L. VERDINE; MEENA MEENA; NAOKI IWAMOTO
REQUEST
Number:
MX / a / 2012/000380
Country:
US
US
Validity: Twenty years
International filing date:
July 2010
PRIORITY
Date:
July 2009 September 15, 2009
Number:
61/223,360
61/242,722
Expiration Date: July 6, 2030
The reference patent is granted based on articles 1, 2nd section V, 6th section III, and 59 of the Industrial Property Law.
In accordance with article 23 of the Industrial Property Law, this patent has a validity of twenty non-extendable years, counted from the date of filing of the international application and will be subject to the payment of the fee to keep the rights in force. .
Whoever signs this title does so based on the provisions of articles 6 'sections III and 7 ° bis 2 of the Industrial Property Law (Official Gazette of the Federation DOF) 08/27/1991, amended on 02 / 38/1994, 10/28/1996, 12/26/1997, 05/17/1999, 01/26/2004, 06/16/2005, 01/25/2006, 06/05/2009 / 06/01 / 2010, 06/18/2010, 06/28,2010, 01/27/2012 and 04/09/2012); Articles V, 3rd fraction V Clause a), 4th and 12th fractions I and III of the Regulations of the Mexican Institute of Prople & d Industrial (DOF 14/12/1999, amended on 07/01/2002, 07/15/2004, 07/28/2004 and 09/07/2007); Articles 1, 3 * 4®, 5th fraction V subsection a), 16 fractions I and III and 30 of the Organic Statute of the Mexican Institute of Industrial Property (DOF 12/27/1999, amended on 10/10/2002, 07/29/2004, 08/04/2004 and 09/13/2007); 1, 3 and 5 subsection a) of the Agreement that delegates powers to the Deputy Directors General, Coordinator, Divisional Directors, Holders of the Regional Offices, Divisional Deputy Directors, Departmental Coordinators and other subordinates of the Mexican Institute of Industrial Property. (DOF 12/15/1999, amended on 02/04/2000, 07/29/2004, 08/04/2004 and 09/13/2007).
<img file="MX342945B_D0003.tif" />
Issue Date: October 18, 2016
THE DIVISIONAL DIRECTOR OF PATENTS
<img file="MX342945B_D0004.tif" />
NAHANNY CANAL REYES
<img file="MX342945B_D0005.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0006.tif" />
Arenal No. 550. Floor 1.
Coi. Pueblo Santa María Tepepan,
Xochimilco. CP 1SC20.
Mexico City on. (55) 53 34 07 00 www.impigob.mx
MX / 2016/84590
<img file="MX342945B_D0007.tif" />
IMÉÍ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE £> £ LA EROEIEDAP - INDUSTRIAL
NOVEL NUCLEIC ACID DRUGS AND METHODS OF USE OF
THE SAME
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
Nucleic acid prodrugs and nucleic acid prodrugs comprising chiral phosphorous residues and methods of making and using them are described herein.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Oligonucleotides are useful in new and nanomaterial applications, therapy, diagnostics, research and applications. The use of natural DNA or RNA sequences is limited, for example, by their stability to nucleases.
Additionally, in vitro studies show that antisense nucleotide properties such as binding affinity, specific binding of sequences to complementary RNA, stability to nucleases, are affected by the configurations of phosphorous atoms. Accordingly, there is a need for stereodefined oligonucleotide prodrugs to impart additional stability to oligonucleotide molecules in a number of in-vitro and in-vivo applications. Stereodefined oligonucleotide prodrugs comprising modified nucleic acids with and methods of use thereof are described herein.
<img file="MX342945B_D0008.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL phosphorous atoms
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
One embodiment provides a chiral nucleic acid prodrug.
One embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug that has the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0009.tif" />
where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -P (0) (Re) 2,
HP (0) (Re), -ORa O -SRc;
Yl is 0, NRd, S or Se;
Ra is a blocking group;
Re is a blocking group;
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (O) (Re) 2 or -HP (0) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen,
IMPISg
MEXICAN INSTITUTE £ í “<sup>you</sup>’““’<sup>r</sup>
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation which is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
Y2 is O, NRd OS;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen,
-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase, · at least one instance of X is -OCH2CH2S-S (0) 2R10, -
<img file="MX342945B_D0010.tif" />
OR
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0011.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0012.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0013.tif" />
or
<img file="MX342945B_D0014.tif" />
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF IA PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
Z is S or O;
q is 0, 1 or 3;
W is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
R15 and R16 are independently hydrogen or methyl;
R17 is selected from alkyl, aryl, or a CH2CH = CH2;
<img file="MX342945B_D0015.tif" />
n is an integer from 1 to about 200.
Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug that has the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0016.tif" />
where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -P (O) (Re) 2,
HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>MPI</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>OR</td><td>, <.tit! , r »mexiCanc Ot LA ΡΜ · ΡΙΕ · Α ' INDUSTRIAL</td>
<td>Yl</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>NRd, S</td><td>! o I know;</td><td></td>
<td>Ra</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td><td></td>
<td>Rc</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td><td></td>
<img file="MX342945B_D0017.tif" />
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
<td>Y2 is</td><td>0, NRd or S</td><td> ¡;</td><td></td>
<td>every</td><td>instance</td><td>from R2</td><td>is independently hydrogen,</td>
<td>-OH, -SH,</td><td>-NRdRd,</td><td>-N3,</td><td>halogen, alkyl, alkenyl,</td>
<td>alkynyl,</td><td>alkyl-Yl</td><td colspan="2">-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-</td>
<td colspan="2">Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-,</td><td>-ORb</td><td>or -SRc, where Rb is a group</td>
<td>blocking;</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>every</td><td>instance</td><td>from Ba</td><td>is independently adenine,</td>
blocked or unblocked cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil, or modified nucleobase;
<img file="MX342945B_D0018.tif" />
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0019.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0020.tif" />
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0021.tif" />
> <sup>I</sup>
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0022.tif" />
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE • t industxial currency
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug where each X-phosphonate residue of the compound of Formula 1 is more than 98% diastereomerically pure as determined by 31P NMR or reverse phase HPLC spectroscopy.
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug where each X-phosphonate moiety has an RP configuration.
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug where each X-phosphonate moiety has an SP configuration. A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug where each X-phosphonate independently has an RP configuration or a configuration
SP.
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug where RIO is methyl. A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug where Rll is methyl. A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug where R12 is methyl.
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug, where at least 25% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected
<img file="MX342945B_D0023.tif" />
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0024.tif" />
Ar-S
F? N
<img file="MX342945B_D0025.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0026.tif" />
© xMe l \ k
I me me
<img file="MX342945B_D0027.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0028.tif" />
S ^ / x © .Me ó<sup>I</sup>
I <!)
Nx
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0029.tif" />
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug, where at least 50% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected
<img file="MX342945B_D0030.tif" />
OR
OR
IMPI ^
MEXICAN INSTmANO
OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0031.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0032.tif" />
<sub>Rii</sub>
<img file="MX342945B_D0033.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0034.tif" />
N
I
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug, where at least 90% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected
<img file="MX342945B_D0035.tif" />
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0036.tif" />
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug, where each X residue of the acid prodrug
<img file="MX342945B_D0037.tif" />
nucleic is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0038.tif" />
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0039.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0040.tif" />
or
S ^ x \ © .Me ¿ <sup>I </sup>I
<img file="MX342945B_D0041.tif" />
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0042.tif" />
Y ° ^ V
NMe
<img file="MX342945B_D0043.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0044.tif" />
I
N
I
IMPi ΐΝΥΠΤιιτη _________
AND
<img file="MX342945B_D0045.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0046.tif" />
© xMe »Me
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0047.tif" />
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug, where each X residue of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from -OCH2CH2S-OCH2CH2S-SCH2CH2OH, -OCH2CH2CO2H,
S (O) 2R1Q,
<img file="MX342945B_D0048.tif" />
R12 O
YsAAr ,, f
<img file="MX342945B_D0049.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0050.tif" />
Α<sub>ο</sub>^ ° γ<sup>ρ</sup> or
<img file="MX342945B_D0051.tif" />
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0052.tif" />
/
<img file="MX342945B_D0053.tif" />
Λ,
<img file="MX342945B_D0054.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0055.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0056.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0057.tif" />
R-ιο
<img file="MX342945B_D0058.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0059.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0060.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0061.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0062.tif" />
R 15,<sup>R</sup>16 OR
Χ<sup>ζ</sup>ΐΓ<sup>5</sup>Τ <sup>what</sup> or '17
R-is laugh v<sup>2</sup>^ -sV><sup>18</sup> w
I jM. PI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
FROM THE SBOPHDAD ·,
<img file="MX342945B_D0063.tif" />
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a ^ this bond connected to a solid support or a moiety of "" bond connected to a nucleic acid;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
<td></td><td>z</td><td>is</td><td>S</td><td>u 0;</td>
<td> 10</td><td>what</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>1st</td>
<td></td><td>w</td><td>is</td><td> 1,</td><td> 2,</td>
R15 and R16 are independently hydrogen or methyl;
R17 is selected from alkyl, aryl, or a CH2CH = CH2; and
R18 is selected from N (CH3) 2,
N.
-N.
<img file="MX342945B_D0064.tif" />
-N.
| -N. NMe, and IVIeOjC
One embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug that has the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0065.tif" />
n <sub>15</sub> IMPI * a> 5
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
FROM THE ΓΚΟΓΙΕΠΛΙ> ^ 2Τ ^ ~ ΜίΓί <ΐί
1N DUST IA<sub>k</sub>L where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl- , -P (0) (Re) 2,
HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
<td> 5</td><td>Y1 is 0, NRd, S or Se;</td>
<td></td><td>Ra is a blocking group;</td>
<td></td><td>Re is a blocking group;</td>
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
Y2 is O, NRd or S;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen,
-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
IMPI
R12 O
ΛΛΛ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE> s OF PROPERTY
α._
<img file="MX342945B_D0066.tif" />
at least one X is,
<img file="MX342945B_D0067.tif" />
<Me>
V<sup>S</sup>^^ f<sup>N</sup>'I
O; where RIO is an alkyl group having
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200.
A further embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug where RIO is methyl. A further embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug where Rll is methyl. A further embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug where R12 is methyl.
A further embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug, where at least 2 5% of the X residues of the
IMPI 'NSTíTlJTO MEXICANO DF IA PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0068.tif" />
nucleic acid prodrug is selected independently
<img file="MX342945B_D0069.tif" />
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. A further embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug, where at least 50% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are selected
CF
<img file="MX342945B_D0070.tif" />
Independently of
<img file="MX342945B_D0071.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0072.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0073.tif" />
or
AND<sup>S</sup>\ x-<sup>z</sup>^ YR<sub>11</sub>
O '^ nvfe
Me (me) me <sup>N</sup>'Me v
<img file="MX342945B_D0074.tif" />
C¡) ^ Me NMe; where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. A further embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug, where at least 90% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are
R12 O a<sub>s</sub>to<sub>or</sub>a independently selects 5 O R- | i
<img file="MX342945B_D0075.tif" />
Or me ; where RIO is a group
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF. IA PRONEOAP NOIJSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0076.tif" />
alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. A further embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug, where each X residue of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from
Ri? Or v
TO<sub>c</sub>TO<sub>0</sub>X<sub>r</sub> \
<img file="MX342945B_D0077.tif" />
(j) I
-Sx / Nx.
former
<img file="MX342945B_D0078.tif" />
<sub>Rii</sub> yS ^ © .Me <sup>X</sup> Ϊ. I<sup>I</sup> cp me \ y<sup>8</sup>- ~ and<sup>n</sup>-m.
O, and O where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
One embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0079.tif" />
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE F OF PROPERTY <sup>λ</sup>
INDUSTRIAL where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl- , -P (O) (Re) 2,
HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
<td> 5</td><td>Yl</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>NRd, SO Se;</td>
<td></td><td>Ra</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>blocking group;</td>
<td></td><td>Rc</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>blocking group;</td>
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (O) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
Y2 is 0, NRd or S;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen,
-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
where at least one residue of X from the acid prodrug
<img file="MX342945B_D0080.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0081.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0082.tif" />
<!)
N.
Me (¡) I am alkyl group having alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
?
<sup>N</sup>'I
O; where RIO is one to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl; and
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a residue of
ΙΜΡί ^>
INSTITUTO MEXICANO oe la montr> AD.
bond connected to a solid support or a moiety of '^ ftlac connected to a nucleic acid; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200;
where the method used to synthesize the nucleic acid prodrug comprises the following steps: (1) reacting a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue and a nucleoside comprising a 5'-0H residue to form a condensed intermediate; and (2) converting the condensed intermediate to the nucleic acid prodrug comprising a chiral X-phosphonate moiety.
Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of Formula 1, where each X-phosphonate residue of the compound of Formula 1 is more than 98% diastereomerically pure as determined by 31P NMR or HPLC spectroscopy. reverse phase. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of Formula 1 where each Xphosphonate moiety has an RP configuration. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of
Formula 1 where each X-phosphonate residue has an SP configuration. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug.
IMPI
INSTITUTO MiXICANO DE LA PROilEDAI>
_ industrial that has the structure of Formula 1 where each X-phosphonate independently has an RP configuration or an SP configuration.
Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of Formula 1, where at least 2-5% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0083.tif" />
V<sup>S</sup>^^ and<sup>N</sup>'I
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
DE LA PROPIEDAD '' where RIO is an alkyl group that has from 1 to<sup>ND</sup>^<sup>ST</sup>cftom?
carbon; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocTcTTTO or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of the
Formula 1, where at least 50% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from <sup>R</sup>12 OR
Λ<sub>0</sub>
V<sup>S</sup>^ Y ° '<sup>R</sup>1O V ° ^ Y ° 'R1O / oo
S 'R11 /
<img file="MX342945B_D0084.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0085.tif" />
VR11 Ru
I <sup>x</sup> J. Me
S ^^ © Ale
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0086.tif" />
Me (me) me
AND<sup>S</sup>'-<sup>/</sup>Yf<sup>xN</sup>'I
O (p ^ Me (p Me
I
Y ° —γδχζγΝ.
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO OE LA PROPIEDAD where RIO is an alkyl group that has 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl
<img file="MX342945B_D0087.tif" />
or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of the
Formula 1, where at least 90% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from
R- | 2 O
AAA
Az '11
<img file="MX342945B_D0088.tif" />
‘10
<img file="MX342945B_D0089.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0090.tif" />
V<sup>11</sup> v
OR
I
I
Cj) Me (pMe ySx ^ © .Me \ - <Κ / Ύ<sup>ν</sup>'<sub>Μθ</sub> γ<sup>δ</sup>'^ γ<sup>Ν</sup>'Μβ <sup>and</sup>. oo
Me (p ^ me
V ° ^ Y<sup>N</sup>^ e (¡) Me
AND<sup>s</sup>^ Y%<sub>and</sub><sub>26</sub> IMPI ^ o INSTITUTO MEXICANO iT
OF PROPERTY V
INDUSTRIAL where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of the
Formula 1, where each instance of X is selected independently of <sup>R</sup>12
AA,
<img file="MX342945B_D0091.tif" />
V<sup>S</sup>'A °'<sup>R</sup>”Or
<img file="MX342945B_D0092.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0093.tif" />
AND<sup>Rl1</sup> Not <sup>I</sup>
Me, <f> Me -ΓΨ (f) Me
V<sup>Sx</sup>^ ü: V ° ^ A<sup>N</sup>'Me and<sup>S</sup>-V Me o, o
I <!)
V ° ^^<sup>N</sup>^ Me, V <sup>Λ</sup> ; where RIO is
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, ariio, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of Formula 1 where RIO is methyl. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of
Formula 1 where Rll is methyl. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid prodrug having the structure of Formula 1 where R12 is methyl.
One embodiment provides a method of treating an upregulated RNase L-associated disease by administering a therapeutic amount of a chiral nucleic acid prodrug. Another modality provides a method of treating a disease associated with
RNase L up-regulated, where the disease is chronic fatigue syndrome. Another embodiment provides a method of treating a down-regulated RNase L-associated disease by administering a therapeutic amount of a chiral nucleic acid prodrug. Another modality provides a method of treating a down-regulated RNase L-associated disease, where the
<img file="MX342945B_D0094.tif" />
disease is cancer. In another modality, the cancer is
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OWNERSHIP / * -
INDUSTRIAL selects from prostate, colorectal and pancreatic cancer.
In one embodiment, the downregulated RNase L cancer is pancreatic cancer. In another embodiment, the cancer with downregulated RNase L is prostate cancer. In yet another embodiment, the cancer with downregulated RNase L is colorectal cancer.
One embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a nucleic acid prodrug having the following structure:<sup>1</sup>
R<sup>2</sup>
Ba
R<sup>2</sup>
X><sub>p</sub>x '—I ίΊ θ *
V<sup>or</sup> and
OR<sup>3 </sup>Formula 1 where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl -,
P (O) (Re) 2, -HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
<td>Y1</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>NRd,,</td><td>S or Se;</td>
<td>Ra</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
<td>Re</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen,
<img file="MX342945B_D0095.tif" />
alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (O) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenyl5 Y2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2-, or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li +1 or K + l;
Y2 is 0, NRd or S;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen, OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
at least one X residue of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0096.tif" />
O o
TMPI '* <sup>Γ</sup>”ΤΠ MEXICAN 'PROPERTY •' STRtAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0097.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0098.tif" />
z <sub>Rii</sub>
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0099.tif" />
or <sub>Rl)</sub> ¿ <sup>I </sup>Me © xMe> e
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0100.tif" />
<!) <sup>N</sup>m
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0101.tif" />
I
V ° ^ Y<sup>N</sup>'<sup>I</sup> V<sup>S</sup>^ y<sup>N</sup>'Me o, and O where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200;
0 RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
where the method used to synthesize the nucleic acid prodrug comprises the following steps: (1) reacting a molecule comprising an H-phosphonate moiety
<img file="MX342945B_D0102.tif" />
achiral and a nucleoside comprising a 5'-OH moiety to form a condensed intermediate; and (2) converting the condensed intermediate to the nucleic acid prodrug comprising a chiral X-phosphonate moiety.
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula 1, where at least 25% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0103.tif" />
or
X
X.
γ ° <j> 'Me Nh
I
IMPI
-MEXICAN TITLE ~<sup>r</sup> '.A ΓΚΟΜΕΡΛΡ To
PIKTRIAL φ Me N.
Me where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of
Formula 1, where at least 50% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from. R12 O R12 Q <
or
Rl2 O
AAA „„ <sup>Λ</sup>
<img file="MX342945B_D0104.tif" />
<sup>k</sup>10
So ^<sup>s</sup>'r
<img file="MX342945B_D0105.tif" />
\ ζ
O ^ XMe ' <sup>I </sup>Me \ '(pMí φΜ <
VS¡¡ »V ° ^ Y<sup>N</sup>^ - <sup>s</sup><sup>N</sup>
I ,
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0106.tif" />
ungodly
MIXICAN INSTITUTE (<-. I heard THE OWN »
JOUSTXIAL V
I
O me
Y ° ^ Y% e O where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of
Formula 1, where at least 90% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0107.tif" />
'.'I
Me (j) me <sup>N</sup>'<sub>I</sub>
<img file="MX342945B_D0108.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0109.tif" />
¡<¡> Me o. and
<img file="MX342945B_D0110.tif" />
X Men.
I
IMPL · · ¡* '-πτυτο MEXICAN ¿2 · **' ·
OsTMAL where RlO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of
Formula 1, where each instance of X is selected independently of
R12 9 \ / O.
/\<sub>Q</sub>Á „Á<sub>D</sub>
SO Riί o ^ 10
<img file="MX342945B_D0111.tif" />
'R ° \ ^ Ri ^ Ru
O, O and<sub>Rl1 R11</sub> yS ^ © .Me ¿¿. I<sup>I</sup> <¡) Me N
I
O Me \ <sup>I</sup> V ^ T '^
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE where RIO is an alkyl group that has from 1 to 4
Dt LA FROFIEOAl i INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0112.tif" />
carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula 1, where RIO is methyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula 1, where Rll is methyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of
Formula 1, where R12 is methyl.
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula 1, where each X-phosphonate residue of the compound of Formula 1 is more than 98% diastereomerically pure as determined by 31P NMR spectroscopy or Reverse phase HPLC. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula 1, where each residue of
X-phosphonate has an RP configuration. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of
Formula 1, where each X-phosphonate residue has a
IMPIs
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
6 OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL configuration SP. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer comprising administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula 1, where each Xphosphonate independently has either an RP configuration or an SP configuration.
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula 1, where the cancer is pancreatic cancer.
One embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug that has the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0113.tif" />
where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -P (O) (Re) 2,
HP (0) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
Yl is 0, NRd, S or Se;
Ra is a blocking group;
Rc is a blocking group;
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0114.tif" />
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Rejected instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl , alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation which is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + 1;
<td colspan="3">Y2 is 0, NRd OS;</td><td colspan="2" rowspan="2">is independently hydrogen,</td>
<td>every</td><td>instance of</td><td>R2</td>
<td>-OH, -SH,</td><td>-NRdRd,</td><td>N3,</td><td>halogen,</td><td>alkyl, alkenyl,</td>
<td>alkynyl,</td><td>alkyl-Yl-,</td><td colspan="2">alkenyl-Yl-,</td><td>alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-</td>
Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
at least one instance of X is
<img file="MX342945B_D0115.tif" />
OR
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0116.tif" />
Υ ° ^ γ% θ Υ<sup>δ</sup>''<sup>/</sup>'γ<sup>Ν</sup>'Μθ O, O o
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200.
One embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate residue of the compound of Formula 2 is more than 98% diastereomerically pure as determined by 31P NMR or reverse phase HPLC spectroscopy. Another modality provides a prodrug of<sub>39</sub> IMPIr>
^-<sup>3</sup> MEXICAN INSTITUTE rl · · '·? *'<sup>1</sup>
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL ·.
Nucleic acid of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate residue has an RP configuration. Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate residue has an SP configuration. Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate has either an RP configuration or an SP configuration.
Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2 where RIO is methyl. Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2 where Rll is methyl. Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2 where R12 is methyl.
Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2, where at least 25% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are selected independently of
<img file="MX342945B_D0117.tif" />
© .Me
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0118.tif" />
(pMe
I
IMPI
INSTITUTO mzxican; SAY THE INDUSTRIAL PKOFIEDAr.
<img file="MX342945B_D0119.tif" />
Y ^ TSle <sup>5</sup> φ Me <¡> Me γ<sup>ο</sup>-γ% ® V<sup>Sx</sup>^ V<sup>N</sup>'<sup>I</sup>
Or me
Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2, where at least 50% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are selected independently of
<img file="MX342945B_D0120.tif" />
O o
() I
Νχ
I
V<sup>S</sup>^ And o
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0121.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
Another embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 2, where at least 90% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are selected independently of
<img file="MX342945B_D0122.tif" />
or
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0123.tif" />
INSTITUTO MtX ICA NO OF. INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
Another embodiment provides an aci nucleic prodrug of Formula 2, where each residue of X in the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from ^ 12 Q Rl2 0
Ad ^ O ^ R -, -, / ^ S ^ O ^ Rn \<sup>S</sup>Y ° 'P.
AND<sup>s</sup>—Γ%<sub>10</sub> γ ° ^% „/ _<sub>s</sub> or O <sup>z Q</sup>
<img file="MX342945B_D0124.tif" />
© .Me ^ Me
Me (j) me
Y ° ^ Y<sup>N</sup>'I
V ”or
© .Me Me (j) Me
V<sup>s</sup>--AND<sup>N</sup>^<sup>I</sup>
OR
\ .O <p ^ Me M (¡f ^ Me
V<sup>s</sup>^ V<sup>N</sup>^<sup>I</sup> or, and θ
One embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition.
I understand that it comprises a nucleic acid prodrug that has the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0125.tif" />
Formula 2
IMPI Mexican institute OF PROPERTY where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen
<img file="MX342945B_D0126.tif" />
alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl "and alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -P (0) (Re) 2,
HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
<td> 5</td><td>Yl</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>NRd,</td><td>S or Se;</td>
<td></td><td>Ra</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
<td></td><td>Re</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
Y2 is 0, NRd or S;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen,
-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -QRb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
where at least one residue of X from the acid prodrug
Nucleic IMPI is selected independently of
<img file="MX342945B_D0127.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0128.tif" />
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid; and
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXtCANO DF. INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0129.tif" />
, IPL'U.'IMnL - - 1n is an integer from 1 to about 200;
where the method used to synthesize the nucleic acid prodrug comprises the following steps: (1) reacting a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue and a nucleoside comprising a 5'-OH residue to form a condensed intermediate; and (2) converting the condensed intermediate to the nucleic acid prodrug comprising a chiral X-phosphonate moiety.
Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2, where each residue of
X-phosphonate of the compound of Formula 2 is more than 98% diastereomerically pure as determined by 31P NMR or reverse phase HPLC spectroscopy. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate moiety has an RP configuration. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of
Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate moiety has an SP configuration. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate independently has either an RP configuration or an SP configuration.
Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2, where at least the
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0130.tif" />
25% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are selected independently of
<img file="MX342945B_D0131.tif" />
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
ΙΜΡΓ $ |
Λ 7 MEXICAN INSTITUTE 'PE LA MONEOaP Ontei
INDUSTRIAL composed of Formula 2, where at least 50% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0132.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0133.tif" />
γ<sup>δ</sup>^ ν ^ χθγ<sub>Ρι1</sub>
<img file="MX342945B_D0134.tif" />
© .Me
Nx • Me Me
© .Me
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0135.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0136.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0137.tif" />
I
Me where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another modality
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE PE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0138.tif" />
provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2, where at least 90% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0139.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0140.tif" />
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another modality
IMPI »:
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OE <-INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2, where each instance of X is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0141.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0142.tif" />
or, and O where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2 where RIO is methyl.
Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition that
0 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY <sup><</sup>^ j ~~ «W<sup>í4í</sup>itEy
INDUSTRIAL -— comprises a compound of Formula 2 where Rll is methyl. Other
ΙΜΡΙ embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula 2 where R12 is methyl.
One embodiment provides a method of treating cancer, which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a nucleic acid prodrug having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0143.tif" />
where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, 15 alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl- , -P (0) (Re) 2,
HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRC;
<td>Y1</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>NRd,,</td><td>S or Se;</td>
<td>Ra</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
<td>Re</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenyl51
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0144.tif" />
Y2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li + 1 O K + l;
Y2 is O, NRd OS;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen,
-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
at least one X residue of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0145.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0146.tif" />
\'
R „• Oxz \ © .Me
Nx
Λ <sup>I</sup>
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0147.tif" />
V
IMPI
Ν '
I
Me (pMe N.
I
Y ° ^%<sub>and</sub> or
TO
O me
Υ ° ^^ γ<sup>Ν</sup>'Μ® Y
<img file="MX342945B_D0148.tif" />
I
Y ► Me where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
where the method used to synthesize the nucleic acid prodrug comprises the following steps: (1) reacting a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue and a nucleoside comprising a 5'-OH residue to form a condensed intermediate; and (2) converting the condensed intermediate to the nucleic acid prodrug comprising a chiral X-phosphonate moiety.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer, which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where at least 25% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0149.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0150.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0151.tif" />
<? <sup>I </sup>I
J? Me
I
I <!)
AND<sup>s</sup>'^ Y<sup>NMe</sup>
Am) I
I ?
(p Me \<sup>S</sup>^ Yf<sup>N</sup>'Me where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl
ΙΜΡΙ
INSTITUTO MEXICANO OE LA PXONEDAO INDUSTRIAL or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another modality
<img file="MX342945B_D0152.tif" />
provides a method of treating cancer, which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where at least 50% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0153.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0154.tif" />
O ^ / \ © .Me>? Me
I
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0155.tif" />
OR
OR
IMPI
INSTTTUTT 'MEXICANO
INSTO V<sub>LA nope</sub>,<sub>Fda</sub>^ .
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 atoms of carbonQ; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, ~ heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where at least 90% of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0156.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0157.tif" />
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 atoms
........... T of carbon; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer, which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where each instance of X is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0158.tif" />
and<sub>Rll R] 1</sub> o o me v<sup>s</sup>-r <? me
N.
Me where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE IA FROFIEDAD INDUSTRIAL a compound that has the structure of Formula 2, where RIO is methyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer comprising administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where
Rll is methyl. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of
Formula 2, where R12 is methyl.
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer, which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate residue of the compound of Formula 2 is more than 98% diastereomerically pure as determined by the 31P NMR spectroscopy or reverse phase HPLC.
Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate moiety has an RP configuration. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where each X-phosphonate moiety has an SP configuration. Another embodiment provides a method of treating cancer, which comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a
<img file="MX342945B_D0159.tif" />
IMPI 'NSTITUTO MEXICANO
OF THE 'NPUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0160.tif" />
compound having the structure of Formula 2, where each Xphosphonate independently has an RP configuration or an SP configuration.
One embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where the cancer is pancreatic cancer.
One embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where the compound has the following formula:
<img file="MX342945B_D0161.tif" />
Formula A3-2 where each A is adenine and each Rll is independently selected from alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl. A further embodiment provides a method of treating pancreatic cancer comprising administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula A3-2.
IMPI ^
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
One embodiment provides a method of treating cancer that comprises administering a therapeutic amount of a compound having the structure of Formula 2, where the compound has the following formula:
<img file="MX342945B_D0162.tif" />
Formula A3-3.
A further embodiment provides a method of treating pancreatic cancer comprising administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of Formula A3-3.
One embodiment provides a compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt having the following formula:
<img file="MX342945B_D0163.tif" />
HO OH
Formula A3-1 where each A is adenine; and at least
<img file="MX342945B_D0164.tif" />
r \ i2
ΛΑΛ a
<img file="MX342945B_D0165.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF LA MONEDAD rest Wes
<img file="MX342945B_D0166.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0167.tif" />
O, OO where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
Another embodiment provides a compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt having the structure of
Formula A3-1, where at least two of the X residues of the nucleic acid prodrug are independently
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0168.tif" />
select
<img file="MX342945B_D0169.tif" />
\°'<sub>r</sub><sup>N</sup>Me v<sup>S</sup>^ Y<sup>N</sup>'I
O, and O where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
Another embodiment provides a compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt having the structure of
Formula A3-1, where at least three of the X residues of the
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dk LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0170.tif" />
nucleic acid prodrug are independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0171.tif" />
oo, and O where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
Another embodiment provides a compound or its salt.
<img file="MX342945B_D0172.tif" />
pharmaceutically acceptable it has the structure of
Formula A3-1, where each X residue of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from
<img file="MX342945B_D0173.tif" />
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl; and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl.
IMPI
MIXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0174.tif" />
Another embodiment provides a compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt having the structure of
Formula A3-1, where the compound has the following formula:
<img file="MX342945B_D0175.tif" />
INCORPORATION THROUGH THIS REFERENCE
All publications and patent applications described herein are incorporated herein in their entirety by this reference with the same scope as if each individual publication or patent application is specifically and individually indicated as incorporated herein by this reference. .
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description which sets forth
ΙΜΡΙ
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE IA PROPIEDAD illustrative modalities, using the principles of the invention and the attached drawings. '
Figure 1 provides a representative analytical HPLC profile for compound 64 and GSH.
Figure 2 provides a representative HPLC profile of compound 64a, a glutathione adduct and the final product after release of the pro-residue.
Figure 3 provides a graph of conversion over time for compound 64a and 64b.
Figure 4 provides a reaction time course as determined by LC-MS for glutathione-assisted prodrug release of compound 64a.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The section titles used herein are for organizational purposes only and should not be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents or parts of documents cited in the application that include, but are not limited to, patents, patent applications, articles, books, manuals and treaties are expressly incorporated herein in their entirety by this reference whatever the purpose.
Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the present application, which include the specification and claims, have the
<img file="MX342945B_D0176.tif" />
ΙΜΡΙ ~
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0177.tif" />
definitions provided below. It should be noted that, as used in this specification and in the appended claims, the singular forms un / una and el / la include plural referents, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques, and pharmacology are employed. In this application, the use of o or y means and / or, unless otherwise indicated. Likewise, the use of the term including, as well as other forms such as including / ne included / a is not limiting.
Specific chemical terminology
Unless otherwise indicated, the use of general chemical terms, such as, but not limited to, alkyl, amine, aryl is not substituted.
As used herein, Cl-Cx includes C1-C2, C1-C3. . . Cl-Cx. By way of example only, a group called C1-C4 indicates that there are from one to four carbon atoms in the remainder, i.e. groups containing 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, or 4 carbon atoms. carbon, as well as the C1-C2 and C1-C3 ranges. Accordingly, by way of example only, C1-C4 alkyl indicates that there are from one to four atoms of
IMPI »
7 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE ΡΕΟΓΙΕΓΆΙ> VjeBoaSw
INDUSTRIAL ”-carbon in the alkyl group, that is, the alkyl group is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl and t-butyl. Whenever it appears here, a numerical range such as 1 to 10 refers to each integer in the given range, eg. , 1 to 10 carbon atoms means that the group can have 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms, carbon atoms, 8 atoms of carbon, 9 carbon atoms or 10 carbon atoms.
The terms heteroatom or hetero, as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Heteroatoms can be independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous, silicon, selenium, and tin, but are not limited to these atoms. In embodiments where two or more heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms may be the same as the rest, or some or the two or more heteroatoms may be different from the rest.
The term alkyl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight chain or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon monoradical having from one to about ten carbon atoms or from one to six carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-l-
<img file="MX342945B_D0178.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE .u
OF PROPERTY _ industriai propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-l-butyl, 3-methyl-lbbutyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l-propyl, 2-methyl -pentyl, 3-methyl-l-pentyl, 4-methyl-l-pentyl, 2-methyl-2pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-lbbutyl, 3 , 3-dimethyl-l-butyl, 2-ethyl-l-butyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-amyl, and hexyl, and longer alkyl groups , such as heptyl, octyl, and the like. Wherever it appears herein, a numerical range such as ClC6 alkyl or Cl-6 alkyl means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms. carbon or carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the alkyl is substituted. Unless otherwise indicated, the alkyl is unsubstituted.
The term alkenyl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds and having two to about ten carbon atoms. carbon, or two to about six carbon atoms. The group may be in the cis or trans conformation at the double bond (s), and should be understood to include both isomers. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (-CH = CH2), 1-propeni
<img file="MX342945B_D0179.tif" />
1,3 (-CH2CH = CH2), isopropenyl [-C (CH3) = CH2], butenyl butadienyl and the like. Whenever it appears here, a numerical range such as C2-C6 alkenyl or alkenyl
C2-6 means that the alkenyl group can consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, carbon atoms, or 6 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, alkenyl is substituted. Unless otherwise indicated, alkenyl is unsubstituted.
The term alkynyl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon monoradical having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds and having from two to about ten atoms of carbon, or two to about six carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, 1,3-butadiinyl, and the like. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as C2C6 alkynyl or C2-6 alkynyl means that the alkynyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms. carbon.
In one embodiment, the alkynyl is substituted. Unless otherwise indicated, alkynyl is unsubstituted.
The terms heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0180.tif" />
Heteroalkynyl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl structures respectively, as described above, in which one or more of the skeletal chain carbon atoms (and any Associated hydrogen atom, as appropriate) are each independently replaced by a heteroatom (i.e. a non-carbon atom, such as, non-limitingly, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, tin or combinations thereof), or a heteroatomic group such as, but not limited to, -0-0-, -SS-, -0-S-, -SO-, = NN =, -N = N -, -N = N-NH-, P (0) 2-, -OP (O) 2-, -P (0) 2-0-, -S (0) -, -S (0) 2-, -SnH2- and the like.
The terms haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, and haloalkynyl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, respectively, as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo atoms, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, two or more hydrogen atoms can be replaced by halogen atoms that are the same as the rest (eg. , difluoromethyl); in other embodiments two or more hydrogen atoms can be replaced by halogen atoms that are not all the same as the rest (eg 120 chloro-l-fluoro-l-iodoethyl). Non-limiting examples of
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE C4 **** U¡3 ^ »E THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL haloalkyl groups are fluoromethyl, chloromethyl and bromoethyl. A non-limiting example of a haloalkenyl group is bromoethenyl. A non-limiting example of a haloalkynyl group is chloroethynyl.
The term carbon chain, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to any alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, or heteroalkynyl group, which is linear, cyclic, or any combination thereof. If the chain is part of a bond and that bond comprises one or more rings as part of a nucleus structure, for the purpose of calculating the length of the chain, the chain only includes the carbon atoms that make up the bottom or top of a certain ring and not both, and when the length of the bottom and top of the rings is not equivalent, the shortest distance will be used to determine the length of the chain. If the chain contains heteroatoms as part of the backbone, those atoms are not calculated as part of the length of the carbon chain.
The term cycloalkyl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated monoradical hydrocarbon ring, containing from three to about fifteen ring carbon atoms or from three
<img file="MX342945B_D0181.tif" />
to about ten ring carbon atoms, although it may include additional non-ring carbon atoms, as substituents (eg, methylcyclopropyl). Wherever present, a numerical range such as C3-C6 cycloalkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl, means that the cycloalkyl group may consist of 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms or 6 carbon atoms, that is, it is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cycloheptyl, although the present definition also encompasses the occurrence of the term cycloalkyl when no numerical range is indicated. The term includes fused, unfused, bridged, and spiro radicals. A fused cycloalkyl can contain two to four fused rings when the linker ring is a cycloalkyl ring and the other individual rings can be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic, or any combination thereof. Examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, decalinyl, and bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl and adamantyl ring systems. Illustrative examples include, but are not limited to, the following residues:
>. □. or
Or and the like.
<sub>Ί</sub>, IMPI ^ <sup>J</sup> MEXICAN INSTITUTE ^ * »hígñ
OF PROPERTY and—,
INDUSTRIAL
In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl is substituted. Unless otherwise indicated, cycloalkyl is unsubstituted.
The terms "non-aromatic heterocyclyl" and "heteroalicyclyl", as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated non-aromatic ring monoradicals containing from three to about twenty ring atoms, where one or more of the ring atoms are an atom other than carbon, independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous, silicon, selenium and tin, but without limitation to these atoms. In embodiments where two or more heteroatoms are present in the ring, the two or more heteroatoms may be the same as the remainder, or some or the two or more heteroatoms may be different from the remainder. Terms include fused, unfused, bridged, and spiro radicals. A fused non-aromatic heterocyclic radical can contain two to four fused rings when the linker ring is a non-aromatic heterocycle and the other individual rings can be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic, or any combination thereof. Fused ring systems can be fused by a single bond or bond
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0182.tif" />
double, as well as through carbon-carbon, carbon-heteroatom or heteroatom-heteroatom bonds. The terms also include radicals having from three to about twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as radicals having from three to about ten skeletal ring atoms.
The attachment of a non-aromatic heterocyclic subunit to its main molecule can be through a heteroatom or carbon atom. Also, the additional substitution can occur through a heteroatom or a carbon atom. As a non-limiting example, a non-aromatic imidazolidine heterocycle may be attached to a main molecule through its N atoms (imidazolidin-l-yl or imidazolidin-3yl) or any of its carbon atoms (imidazolidin-2yl, imidazolidin-4 -yl or imidazolidin-5-yl). In some embodiments, non-aromatic heterocycles contain one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups, such as, for example, oxo and thio containing groups. Examples include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidine, morpholino, thioxinyl, thiexyl, ethynyl, ethynyl, ethyleneyl, thienyl, tylenyl, oxethanyl ,
1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl,
IMPI ¿SlTc
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
ΠΓ I λ CDmiTn. n Z *. ** Industrial V3 indolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl, dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 3azabicyclo [, 3.1] hexacylanyl [3.0] 4.1.0] Heptanil, 3Hindolyl, and Quinolizinyl. Illustrative examples of heterocycloalkyl groups, also called non-aromatic heterocycles, include:
Ó O o '0' CO Λ q „hCh '° \ —ρ y - y ¿F;
or · O00uoCQ or
¿A o
NH 'HN ^ NH
Ck A.0 zS ° 'V ° r<sup>b</sup>'NH' or '<sup>H</sup> V 'O and the like
The terms also include all ring forms of carbohydrates, which include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides, disaccharides, and oligosaccharides. In a non-aromatic embodiment, the heterocyclyl heteroalicyclyl is substituted. Unless otherwise indicated, the non-aromatic heterocyclyl or heteroalicyclyl is unsubstituted.
The term Aryan, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a radical of
IMPI
INSTITUT ·,) MEXICAN ffZL · '
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL ^^ 5.
hi aromatic carbon six to about twenty ring carbon atoms and includes fused and unfused aryl rings. A fused aryl ring radical contains two to four fused rings when the linker ring is an aryl ring and the other individual rings can be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic, or any combination thereof. Also, the term aryl includes fused and unfused rings containing from six to about twenty ring carbon atoms, as well as those containing from six to about ten ring carbon atoms. A non-limiting example of a single-ring aryl group includes phenyl; a fused ring aryl group includes naphthyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, azulenyl; and an un-fused biaryl group includes biphenyl. In one embodiment, the aryl is substituted. Unless otherwise indicated, aryl is unsubstituted.
The term heteroaryl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to aromatic monoradicals containing from about five to about twenty skeletal ring atoms, where one or more of the ring atoms is a heteroatom independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous, silicon, selenium and tin, but not limited to these atoms and on the condition that the
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0183.tif" />
ring of said group does not contain two adjacent 0 or S atoms. In embodiments where two or more heteroatoms are present in the ring, the two or more heteroatoms may be the same as the remainder, or some or the two or more heteroatoms may be different from the remainder. The term heteroaryl includes fused and unfused heteroaryl radicals having at least one heteroatom. The term heteroaryl also includes fused and unfused heteroaryls having from five to about twelve skeletal ring atoms, as well as those having from five to about ten skeletal ring atoms. Binding to a heteroaryl group can occur through a carbon atom or a heteroatom. Thus, as a non-limiting example, an imidazole group can be attached to a main molecule through any of its carbon atoms (imidazole-2-yl, imidazole-4-yl or imidazole-5-yl), or their nitrogen atoms (imidazol-l-yl or imidazol-3-yl). Also, a heteroaryl group may be further substituted by all or any of its carbon atoms and / or all or any of its heteroatoms. A fused heteroaryl radical can contain two to four fused rings when the linker ring is a heteroaromatic ring and the other rings
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE Dt THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0184.tif" />
Individuals may be alicyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic, heteroaromatic, or any combination thereof. A non-limiting example of a single ring heteroaryl group includes pyridyl; fused ring heteroaryl groups include benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, acridinyl; and an un-fused bi-heteroaryl group includes bipyridinyl. Additional examples of heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothioopinyl, isozoyloxy, isoxyloxy, isoxyloxy, isoxyloxy, isoxy, , indazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, purinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, triazinyl, thiadiazolyl, and the like, and their oxides, such as, for example, pyridyl-oxide. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include the following residues:
H
H
H
H
<img file="MX342945B_D0185.tif" />
N
<img file="MX342945B_D0186.tif" />
and the like.
ΙΜΡΙ
In one embodiment, heteroaryl
MEXICAN INSTmTO M THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0187.tif" />
is replaced. Unless otherwise indicated, heteroaryl is unsubstituted.
The term heterocyclyl, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers together to heteroalicyclyl and heteroaryl groups. Herein, whenever the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycle (eg, C1-C6 heterocycle) is indicated, at least one non-carbon atom (the heteroatom) must be present in the ring. Denominations such as C1-C6 heterocycle only refer to the number of carbon atoms in the ring and do not refer to the total number of atoms in the ring. Denominations, such as 4- to 6-membered heterocycle, refer to the total number of atoms contained in the ring (i.e., a four, five, or six-membered ring, where at least one atom is a carbon atom, at least one atom is a hetero atom and the remaining two to four atoms are carbon atoms or hetero atoms). In the case of heterocycles having two or more heteroatoms, said two or more heteroatoms can be the same or different from each other. Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include groups that have only three ring atoms, while aromatic heterocyclic groups must have at least five atoms
ΙΜΡΙ_
Mexican Institute of Industrial Property
<img file="MX342945B_D0188.tif" />
in the ring. The attachment (ie, the link to a main molecule or the additional substitution) to a heterocycle can occur through a heteroatom or a carbon atom. In one embodiment, the heterocyclyl is substituted. Unless otherwise indicated, the heterocyclyl is unsubstituted.
The terms halogen, halo, or halide, as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to fluoro, chloro, bromo and / or iodo.
Specific pharmaceutical terminology
The term "subject, patient, or individual," as used herein to refer to individuals suffering from a disorder, and the like, encompasses mammals and non-mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the class of mammals: humans, non-human primates, such as chimpanzees and the other ape and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, pigs; pets, such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals, among others, rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like. Examples of non-mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, fish, and the like. In one embodiment of the methods and compositions provided herein, the mammal is a human.
THE quantity terms
ΙΜ effective
INSTITDTC OF THE
<img file="MX342945B_D0189.tif" />
therapeutically effective or pharmaceutically effective amount, as used herein, refers to an amount of at least one agent or compound that is administered, which is sufficient to treat or prevent the particular disease or condition. The result may be the reduction and / or relief of the signs, symptoms or causes of a disease, or any other desired change in a biological system. For example, an effective amount, for therapeutic purposes, is the amount of the composition comprising a compound, such as that described herein, necessary to provide a clinically significant decrease in disease. An appropriate effective amount in any particular case may be determined using certain techniques, such as, a staged dose increase study.
As used herein, treatment or treating, or mitigating or improving are used interchangeably herein. These terms refer to a way of obtaining beneficial or desired results, among others, therapeutic benefit and / or prophylactic benefit. Therapeutic benefit refers to the eradication or improvement of the underlying disorder being treated.
Likewise, a therapeutic benefit is achieved with
ΙΜΡΙ
<img file="MX342945B_D0190.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE ¥ * 5 OF PROPERTY £ * «_, INDUSTRIAL X?
eradication or improvement of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying disorder so that improvement is seen in the patient, regardless of whether the patient continues to have the underlying disorder. To obtain prophylactic benefit, the compositions can be administered to a patient at risk of developing a particular disease or to a patient who exhibits one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even if the disease has not been diagnosed.
A therapeutic effect, as used herein, comprises a therapeutic benefit and / or a prophylactic benefit as described above. A prophylactic effect includes delaying or withdrawing the onset of a disease or condition, delaying or removing the onset of symptoms of a disease or condition, delaying, stopping or reversing the course of a disease or condition, or any combination thereof.
The term pharmaceutically acceptable, as used herein, refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, that does not negate the activity or biological properties of the compounds described herein, and is relatively non-toxic, is that is, the material can be administered to an individual without causing unwanted biological effects or interacting in a harmful way
<img file="MX342945B_D0191.tif" />
IMPI
3 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY · '
INDUSTRIAL with the components of the composition that contains it.
The term pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a biologically active compound, optionally mixed with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable chemical component, such as, non-exhaustively, carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents and / or excipients.
The term "carrier" as used herein refers to relatively non-toxic compounds or chemical agents that facilitate the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues.
The term prodrug is intended to indicate a compound that can be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound described herein. Accordingly, the term prodrug refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject, but is converted into a compound in vivo, for example, by hydrolysis. The prodrug compound often offers solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release benefits in a mammalian organism (see,
Bundgard, Η., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0192.tif" />
(Elsevier, Amsterdam). A report on prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al., Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, ACS Symposium Series, tome 14 and in
Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche,
American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, which are incorporated herein in their entirety by this reference. The term prodrug is also intended to include any covalently attached carrier, which releases the active compound in vivo when said prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of an active compound, such as those described herein, can be prepared by modifying the functional groups present in the active compound such that the modifications are cleaved, either by routine manipulation or in vivo, to the main active compound. . Prodrugs include compounds where a hydroxy, amino, or mercapto group binds to any group that, when the prodrug of an active compound is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino, or free mercapto group, respectively . Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acyloxy, thioacyloxy, 2-carboalkoxyethyl, disulfide, thiaminal and enol ester derivatives of a nucleic acid modified by a phosphorus atom.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY pronucleotide or
<img file="MX342945B_D0193.tif" />
reference to a becoming a
The term pro-oligonucleotide or nucleic acid prodrug means oligonucleotide that was modified to prodrug of the oligonucleotide.
Specific terminology on nucleic acids
Natural nucleic acids have a basic phosphate structure; artificial nucleic acids can contain other types of basic structures, but they contain the same bases.
The term nucleotide, as used herein, refers to a monomeric unit of a polynucleotide consisting of a heterocyclic base, a sugar, and one or more phosphate groups. Naturally occurring bases (guanine, (G), adenine, (A), cytosine, (C), thymine, (T), and uracil (U)) are derivatives of purine or pyrimidine, although analogs of Bases of natural or non-natural origin are also included. Naturally occurring sugar is pentose (five-carbon sugar) deoxyribose (which forms DNA) or ribose (which forms RNA), although it is understood that sugar analogues of natural or non-natural origin are also included. Nucleic acids are linked through phosphate linkages to form nucleic acids or polynucleotides, although many other linkages are known in the art (such
IMPI
Mexican Institute of Industrial Property
<img file="MX342945B_D0194.tif" />
as, non-exhaustively, phosphorothioates, boranophosphates and the like). Artificial nucleic acids include APNs (peptide nucleic acids), phosphothionates, and other variants of the basic phosphate structure of natural nucleic acids.
The term nucleoside refers to a moiety where a modified nucleobase or nucleobase is covalently linked to a modified sugar or sugar.
The term sugar refers to a monosaccharide in closed and / or open form. Sugars include, but are not limited to, the residues of ribose, deoxyribose, pentofuranose, pentopyranose and hexopyranose.
The term modified sugar refers to a residue that can replace a sugar. Modified sugar mimics the spatial arrangement, electronic properties, or some other physicochemical property of a sugar.
The terms nucleic acid and polynucleotide, as used herein, refer to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, both ribonucleotides (RNA) and deoxyribonucleotides (DNA).
These terms refer to the primary structure of molecules, and therefore include double-stranded and single-stranded DNA and double-stranded and single-stranded RNA. These terms include, as equivalents, the
<img file="MX342945B_D0195.tif" />
IMPI
7 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL RNA and DNA analogs created from nucleotide and modified polynucleotide analogs, such as, but not limited to, methylated and / or coated polynucleotides. The terms include polyribonucleotides or oligoribonucleotides (RNA) and polydeoxyribonucleotides or oligodeoxyribonucleotides (DNA); RNA or DNA derived from Nglycosides or C-glycosides of modified nucleobases and / or nucleobases; nucleic acids derived from sugars and / or modified sugars and nucleic acids derived from phosphate bridges and / or bridges of modified phosphorous atoms. The term encompasses nucleic acids that contain any combination of nucleobases, modified nucleobases, sugars, modified sugars, phosphate bridges, or modified phosphorous atom bridges. Examples include, but are not limited to, nucleic acids containing ribose residues, nucleic acids containing deoxyribose residues, nucleic acids containing ribose and deoxyribose residues, nucleic acids containing ribose residues. and modified ribose. The prefix poly refers to a nucleic acid containing approximately 1 to approximately
10,000 monomeric nucleotide units and where the prefix oligo refers to a nucleic acid containing approximately 1 to approximately 200 monomeric units
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OE LA MONEDAD
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0196.tif" />
nucleotide. _
The term nucleobase refers to the parts of nucleic acids that are involved in the hydrogen bond that binds one nucleic acid chain to another complementary chain according to the specific sequence. The most common naturally occurring nucleobases are adenine (A), guanine (G), uracil (U), cytosine (C), and thymine (T).
The term modified nucleobase refers to a moiety that can replace a nucleobase. The modified nucleobase mimics the spatial arrangement, electronic properties, or some other physicochemical property of the nucleobase and retains the hydrogen bonding property that binds one nucleic acid chain to another according to the specific sequence. A modified nucleobase can pair with any of the five naturally occurring bases (uracil, thymine, adenine, cytosine, or guanine) without substantially affecting fusion behavior, recognition by intracellular enzymes, or duplex oligonucleotide activity.
The term "chiral reagent" refers to a compound that is chiral or enantiopure and can be used for asymmetric induction in nucleic acid synthesis.
The term chiral ligand or chiral auxiliary makes
IMPI @
MEXICAN INSTITUTE 'fe ** OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0197.tif" />
Reference to a moiety that is chiral or enantiopure and controls the stereochemical result of a reaction.
In a condensation reaction, the term condensation reagent refers to a reagent that activates a less reactive site and makes it more susceptible to attack by a nucleophile.
The term blocking group refers to a group that temporarily hides the reactivity of a functional group. Subsequently, the functional group can be hidden by removing the blocking group.
The terms erasing agents, electrophiles of
<td>sulfur,</td><td colspan="2">electrophiles from</td><td colspan="3">selenium refer to</td>
<td>compounds</td><td>than</td><td>they are useful</td><td>at the stage</td><td>of</td><td>modification</td>
<td>used</td><td>for</td><td>Introduce</td><td>the groups</td><td>BH3,</td><td>S and Se,</td>
<td colspan="2">respectively,</td><td colspan="2">for the modification in the</td><td>atom</td><td>phosphorous.</td>
<td colspan="2">The term</td><td colspan="2">rest refers</td><td>yet</td><td>segment o</td>
specific functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities, incorporated or added to a molecule.
The term solid support refers to any backing that allows for the mass synthetic production of nucleic acids and that can be reused when needed. As used herein, the term refers to a polymer that is not soluble in the medium.
IΑ4 ΡI
0 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
DS THE PROPERTY C «u2tíSL,
INDUSTRIAL JS used in the reaction steps carried out to synthesize nucleic acids and is derived to form reactive groups.
The term "binding moiety" refers to any moiety that is optionally located between the terminal nucleoside and the solid support or between the terminal nucleoside and another nucleoside, nucleotide, or nucleic acid.
A DNA molecule refers to the polymeric form of deoxyribonucleotides (adenine, guanine, thymine, or cytosine) in their single-stranded or double-stranded helix form. This term refers to the primary and secondary structure of the molecule and does not limit it to any particular tertiary form. Therefore, this term includes double-stranded DNA that is found, among others, in linear DNA molecules (eg. , restriction fragments), viruses, plasmids, and chromosomes. By analyzing the structure of particular double-stranded DNA molecules, the sequences can be described herein in accordance with the normal convention of only granting the sequence in the 5 'to 3' direction along the untranscribed strand of DNA (that is, the chain that has a sequence homologated to mRNA).
A sequence coding region of
ΙΜΡΙ 'MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTAIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0198.tif" />
DNA coding is a double-stranded DNA sequence that is transcribed and translated into a polypeptide in vivo when placed under the control of the appropriate expression control sequences. The limits of the coding sequence (the open reading frame or ORF) are determined by a start codon at terminal 5<sup>1</sup> (amino) and a translation stop codon at the terminal
3 '(carboxyl). A coding sequence may include, but is not limited to, prokaryotic sequences, eukaryotic mRNA cDNA, eukaryotic DNA genomic DNA sequences (eg, mammalian), and synthetic DNA sequences. A polyadenylation signal and a transcription termination sequence, in general, will be located 3 'with respect to the coding sequence. The term "non-coding sequence" or "non-coding region" refers to regions of a polynucleotide sequence that are not translated into amino acids (eg, 5 'and 3' untranslated regions).
The term reading frame refers to one of six possible reading frames, three in each direction, for the double-stranded DNA molecule. The reading frame that is used determines which codons are used to encode the amino acids within the coding sequence of a DNA molecule.
As used herein, an acid molecule
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE industrial industrial PROPERTY OF THE PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0199.tif" />
antisense nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a sense nucleic acid encoding a protein, eg, complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule, complementary to an mRNA sequence or complementary to the strand of coding a gene. Accordingly, an antisense nucleic acid molecule can be linked by hydrogen to a sense nucleic acid molecule.
<td> 10</td><td>The</td><td>base pair term</td><td>o (pb): a</td><td>association</td><td>of</td>
<td colspan="2">adenine</td><td>(A) with thymine (T) or</td><td>cytosine (C)</td><td>with guanine</td><td>(G)</td>
<td>in</td><td>a</td><td>DNA molecule of</td><td>double chain.</td><td>In RNA,</td><td>I know</td>
substitute thymine for uraciio (U)
As used herein, a codon refers to the three nucleotides that, when transcribed and translated, encode a single amino acid residue, or in the case of UUA, UGA or UAG encode a termination signal.
Codons encoding amino acids are well known in the art and are provided herein for convenience in Table 1.
Table 1
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0200.tif" />
Codon utilization table
<td>Codon</td><td>Amino acid</td><td>AA</td><td>Abbrev.</td><td>Codon</td><td>Amino acid or</td><td>AA</td><td>Abbrev.</td>
<td>UUU</td><td>Phenylalani na</td><td>Faith</td><td>F</td><td>UCU</td><td>Serine</td><td>To be</td><td>S</td>
<td>UUC</td><td>Phenylalani na</td><td>Faith</td><td>F</td><td>UCC</td><td>Serine</td><td>To be</td><td>S</td>
<td>UUA</td><td>Leucine</td><td>Leu</td><td>L</td><td>UCA</td><td>Serine</td><td>To be</td><td>S</td>
<td>UUG</td><td>Leucine</td><td>Leu</td><td>L</td><td>UCG</td><td>Serine</td><td>To be</td><td>S</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>CUU</td><td>Leucine</td><td>Leu</td><td>L</td><td>CCU</td><td>Proline</td><td>Pro</td><td>P</td>
<td>CUC</td><td>Leucine</td><td>Leu</td><td>L</td><td>CCC</td><td>Proline</td><td>Pro</td><td>P</td>
<td>CUA</td><td>Leucine</td><td>Leu</td><td>L</td><td>CCA</td><td>Proline</td><td>Pro</td><td>P</td>
<td>CUG</td><td>Leucine</td><td>Leu</td><td>L</td><td>CCG</td><td>Proline</td><td>Pro</td><td>P</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>AUU</td><td>Isoleucine</td><td>lie</td><td>I</td><td>ACU</td><td>Threonine</td><td>Thr</td><td>T</td>
<td>AUC</td><td>Isoleucine</td><td>lie</td><td>I</td><td>ACC</td><td>Threonine</td><td>Thr</td><td>T</td>
<td>AUA</td><td>Isoleucine</td><td>lie</td><td>I</td><td>HERE</td><td>Threonine</td><td>Thr</td><td>T</td>
<td>AUG</td><td>Methionine</td><td>Met</td><td>M</td><td>ACH</td><td>Threonine</td><td>Thr</td><td>T</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>GUU</td><td>Valine</td><td>Val</td><td>V</td><td>GCU</td><td>To the girl</td><td>To</td><td>TO</td>
<td>GUC</td><td>Valine</td><td>Val</td><td>V</td><td>GCC</td><td>To the girl</td><td>To</td><td>TO</td>
<td>GUA</td><td>Valine</td><td>Val</td><td>V</td><td>GCA</td><td>To the girl</td><td>To</td><td>TO</td>
<td>GUG</td><td>Valine</td><td>Val</td><td>V</td><td>GCG</td><td>To the girl</td><td>To</td><td>TO</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>UAU</td><td>Tyrosine</td><td>Tyr</td><td>AND</td><td>UGU</td><td>Cysteine</td><td>Cys</td><td>C</td>
<td>UAC</td><td>Tyrosine</td><td>Tyr</td><td>AND</td><td>UGC</td><td>Cysteine</td><td>Cys</td><td>C</td>
<td>UUA</td><td></td><td>Det Jan ion</td><td></td><td>UGA</td><td></td><td>Dete nation n</td><td></td>
<img file="MX342945B_D0201.tif" />
<td rowspan="2">UAG</td><td rowspan="2"></td><td rowspan="2">Det Jan ion</td><td rowspan="2"></td><td rowspan="2">UGG</td><td rowspan="2">TryptopharT ' or</td><td rowspan="2"></td><td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>CAU</td><td>Histidine</td><td>His</td><td>H</td><td>CGU</td><td>Arginine</td><td>Arg</td><td>R</td>
<td>CAC</td><td>Histidine</td><td>His</td><td>H</td><td>CGC</td><td>Arginine</td><td>Arg</td><td>R</td>
<td>CAA</td><td>Glutamine</td><td>Gln</td><td>Q</td><td>CGA</td><td>Arginine</td><td>Arg</td><td>R</td>
<td>CAG</td><td>Glutamine</td><td>Gln</td><td>Q</td><td>CGG</td><td>Arginine</td><td>Arg</td><td>R</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>AAU</td><td>Asparagine</td><td>Asn</td><td>N</td><td>AGU</td><td>Serine</td><td>To be</td><td>S</td>
<td>AAC</td><td>Asparagine</td><td>Asn</td><td>N</td><td>AGC</td><td>Serine</td><td>To be</td><td>S</td>
<td>AAA</td><td>Lysine</td><td>Lys</td><td>K</td><td>AGA</td><td>Arginine</td><td>Arg</td><td>R</td>
<td>AAG</td><td>Lysine</td><td>Lys</td><td>K</td><td>AGG</td><td>Arginine</td><td>Arg</td><td>R</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>GAU</td><td>Aspartate</td><td>Asp</td><td>D</td><td>GGU</td><td>Glycine</td><td>Gly</td><td>G</td>
<td>GAC</td><td>Aspartate</td><td>Asp</td><td>D</td><td>GGC</td><td>Glycine</td><td>Gly</td><td>G</td>
<td>GAA</td><td>Glutamate</td><td>Glu</td><td>AND</td><td>GGA</td><td>Glycine</td><td>Gly</td><td>G</td>
<td>GAG</td><td>Glutamate</td><td>Glu</td><td>AND</td><td>GGG</td><td>Glycine</td><td>Gly</td><td>G</td>
As used herein, a wobbly position refers to the third position of a codon. Mutations in a DNA molecule within the wobbly position of a codon, in some embodiments, result in imperceptible or conservative mutations at the amino acid level. For example, there are four codons that encode Glycine, that is, GGU, GGC, GGA and GGG, therefore, the mutation of any nucleotide in the wobbly position, to any other nucleotide, does not give
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0202.tif" />
A change at the amino acid level of the encoded protein results and is therefore an imperceptible substitution.
Accordingly, an undetectable substitution or undetectable mutation is one in which a nucleotide within a codon is modified but this does not result in a change in the amino acid residue encoded by the codon. Examples include mutations at the third position of a codon, as well as at the first position of certain codons, such as in the CGG codon which, when mutated to AGG, still encodes Arg.
The terms gene, recombinant gene, and gene construct, as used herein, refer to a DNA molecule or to a residue of a DNA molecule that encodes a protein or a portion thereof. The molecule of
DNA can contain an open reading frame that encodes the protein (such as exon sequences) and can also include intron sequences. The term intron, as used herein, refers to a DNA sequence present in a given gene that is not translated into a protein and is found in some, but not all, cases of exons. It may be desirable for the gene to be operably linked to (or comprise) one or more promoters, enhancers, repressors and / or other regulatory sequences, to modulate the activity or expression of the gene, as is well known in the art.
industrial
As used herein, a compleuienlaf'lu · DNA or cDNA includes recombinant polynucleotides synthesized by reverse transcription of the mRNA and from which the intermediate sequences (introns) have been removed.
Homology, identity or similarity refer to the sequence similarity between two nucleic acid molecules. Homology and identity can be determined by comparing a position in each sequence, which can be aligned for the purposes of their comparison. When an equivalent position in the compared sequences is occupied by the same base, the molecules are identical at that position; When the equivalent site occupied by the same nucleic acid residue, or a similar one (eg, similar in terms of its spherical and / or electronic nature), the molecules can be called homologous (similar) in said position. The expression as a percentage of homology / similarity or identity refers to a function of the number of identical or similar nucleic acids at the positions shared by the compared sequences. An unrelated or non-homologous sequence shares less than 40% identity, less than 35% identity, less than 30% identity, or less than 25% identity with a sequence described herein. To the
<img file="MX342945B_D0203.tif" />
9Ί i ívi ri A * compare two sequences, the absence of residues (<sup>!</sup>S ¥ ifÍ ¥ íóá¿ or nucleic acids) or the presence of resTüúóy cUllulunales also decreases identity and homology / similarity.
The term homology describes a mathematical comparison of sequence similarity that is used to identify genes with similar motifs or functions. The nucleic acid sequences described herein can be used as a query sequence to search public databases, for example, to identify other family members, related sequences, or homologs. Such searches can be carried out using the NBLAST and XBLAST (version 2.0) programs from Altschul, et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol.
215: 403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score = 100, word length = 12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to the nucleic acid molecules of the invention. To obtain incomplete alignments for comparison purposes, the Gapped BLAST can be used, as described in Altschul et al., (1997) Nucleic Acids
Res. 25 (17): 3389-3402. When using the BLAST and Gapped programs
BLAST, the default parameters of the corresponding programs can be used (eg XBLAST and BLAST) (See www.nebí.nlm.nih.gov).
imp.
MEXICAN INSTITUTE * ζ ·
OF EA PROPERTY f *.
INDUSTRIAL
As used herein, identity makes
<img file="MX342945B_D0204.tif" />
reference to the percentage of identical nucleotide residues at the corresponding positions in two or more sequences, when the sequences are aligned to maximize the coincidence of the sequences, that is, taking into account gaps and insertions. Identity can be easily calculated by known methods, among others, those described in (Computational Molecular
Biology, Lesk, AM, ed., Oxford University Press, New
York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects,
Smith, DW, ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Computer
Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, Griffin, AM, and Griffin,
HG, eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; Sequence
Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic
Press, 1987; and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and
Devereux, J., eds., M Stockton Press, New York, 1991; and
Carillo, H., and Lipman, D., SIAM J. Applied Math. , 48: 1073 (1988). The methods for determining identity are designed to provide the best match between the analyzed sequences. In addition, the methods for determining identity are encoded in publicly available computer programs. Methods of computer programs to determine the identity between two sequences include, but are not limited to, the GCG program package (Devereux, J., et al., Nucleic Acids
INSTITUTO MI DE LA PR (. _ IND
<img file="MX342945B_D0205.tif" />
12 (1): 387 (1984)), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA (Altschul, S<sup>1</sup>. F.
et al., J. Molec. Biol. 215: 403-410 (1990) and Altschul et al.
Nuc. Acids Res. 25: 3389-3402 (1997)). The BLAST X program is publicly available at NCBI and other sources (BLAST Manual, Altschul, S., et al., NCBI NLM NIH Bethesda,
Md. 20894; Altschul, S., et al. , J. Mol. Biol. 215: 403-410 (1990). Smith Waterman's well-known algorithm can also be used to determine identity.
A heterologous region of a DNA sequence is an identifiable segment of DNA within a larger DNA sequence that is not associated with the largest sequence in nature. Accordingly, when the heterologous region encodes a mammalian gene, in general, the gene may be flanked by DNA that does not flank mammalian genomic DNA in the genome of the original organism. Another example of a heterologous coding sequence is a sequence in which the coding sequence itself is not found in nature (for example, a cDNA where the genomic coding sequence contains introns or synthetic sequences that possess different codons or motifs. to the unmodified gene). Allelic variations or naturally occurring mutational events do not generate a heterologous region of DNA as defined herein.
<img file="MX342945B_D0206.tif" />
100
INDUSTRIAL
The term transitional mutations refers to the basic changes in a DNA sequence where a pyrimidine (cytidine (C) or thymidine (T) is replaced by another pyrimidine, or a purine (adenosine (A) or guanosine (G) is replaced by another purine.
<td>The</td><td>term mutations</td><td colspan="2">transversal</td><td colspan="2">make</td>
<td>reference</td><td>to basic changes</td><td>in</td><td>a sequence</td><td>of</td><td>DNA</td>
<td>where a</td><td>pyrimidine (cytidine</td><td>(C)</td><td>or thymidine</td><td>(T)</td><td>is</td>
<td>replaced</td><td colspan="2">for a purine (adenosine</td><td>(A) or guanosine</td><td>(G)</td><td>, or</td>
a purine is replaced by a pyrimidine.
Nucleic acid prodrugs comprising a chiral residue of X-phosphonate
The general principles of prodrug design are detailed by Bundgard (Design and Application of Prodrugs.
In a Textbook of Drug Design and Development; KrogsgaardLarsen, P., Bundgard, H., Eds .; Harwood: Reading, UK, 1991).
One strategy to improve the pharmaceutical properties of molecules with beneficial biological activity but little pharmaceutical properties is to administer the molecule of interest as a derivative of the prodrug. These prodrugs may exhibit one or more of the following properties: increased oral bioavailability, increased cell permeability, increased water solubility, reduced first-pass effect,
101
<img file="MX342945B_D0207.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
PROPERTY, INDUSTRIAL increased stability, active transport of intestinal transporters or the possibility of avoiding efflux transporters, when compared to the main molecule.
Oligonucleotides possess various pharmaceutical properties that can be improved by applying prodrug strategies. In particular, oligonucleotides are rapidly degraded by nucleases and exhibit poor cellular absorption across the cytoplasmic cell membrane (Poijarvi-Virta et al.,
Curr. Med. Chem. (2006), 13 (28); 3441-65; Wagner et al. , Med.
Res. Rev. (2000), 20 (6): 417-51, - Peyrottes et al. , Mini Rev.
Med. Chem. (2004), 4 (4): 395-408, - Gosselin et al. , (nineteen ninety six),
43 (1): 196-208, - Bologna et al. , (2002), Antisense & Nucleic
Acid Drug Development 12: 33-41). In one example, Vives et al., (Nucleic Acids Research (1999), 27 (20): 4071-76) found that tere-butyl SATE pro-oligonucleotides exhibit a considerable increase in cell penetration compared to the oligonucleotide principal.
In some embodiments, the prodrug moiety is selectively removed by esterases, nucleases, or a cytochrome P450 enzyme, which include, but are not limited to, those listed below.
<td>Family</td><td>Gen</td><td colspan="2"> 102</td><td>Family</td><td>MEXICAN INSTITUTE ÍJ • E PROPERTY • tNtnisTWAf ··· '· Gen</td>
<td>CYP1</td><td>CYP1A1,</td><td>CYP1A2,</td><td>CYP1B1</td><td>CYP17</td><td>CYP17A1 ---- -</td>
<td></td><td>CYP2A6,</td><td>CYP2A7,</td><td></td><td>CYP19</td><td>CYP19A1</td>
<td></td><td>CYP2A13</td><td>, CYP2B6,</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>CYP20</td><td>CYP20A1</td>
<td></td><td>CYP2C8,</td><td>CYP2C9,</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>CYP2</td><td>CYP2C18</td><td>, CYP2C19</td><td>z</td><td>CYP21</td><td>CYP21A2</td>
<td></td><td>SCYP2D6,</td><td>CYP2E1,</td><td>CYP2F1, '</td><td>CYP24</td><td>CYP24A1</td>
<td></td><td>CYP2J2,</td><td>CYP2R1,</td><td>CYP2S1,</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>CYP2U1,</td><td>CYP2W1</td><td></td><td>CYP2 6</td><td>CYP26A1, CYP26B1,</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>CYP26C1</td>
<td></td><td>CYP3A4,</td><td>CYP3A5,</td><td>CYP3A7,</td><td></td><td></td>
<td>CYP3</td><td>CYP3A43</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>CYP27A1</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>(biosynthesis of</td>
<td></td><td>CYP4A11</td><td>, CYP4A22</td><td>z</td><td></td><td>bile acid),</td>
<td></td><td>CYP4B1,</td><td>CYP4F2,</td><td>CYP4F3,</td><td></td><td>CYP27B1</td>
<td>CYP4</td><td>CYP4F8,</td><td>CYP4F11,</td><td></td><td>CYP2 7</td><td>(1-alpha hydroxylase</td>
<td></td><td>CYP4F12</td><td>, CYP4F22</td><td>z</td><td></td><td>^ vitamin D3, active</td>
<td></td><td>CYP4V2,</td><td>CYP4X1,</td><td>CYP4Z1</td><td></td><td>vitamin D3),</td>
<td>CYP5</td><td>CYP5A1</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>CYP27C1 (function</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>unknown)</td>
<td>CYP7</td><td>CYP7A1,</td><td>CYP7B1</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>CYP3 9</td><td>CYP39A1</td>
<td></td><td>CYP8A1</td><td>(synthase</td><td>of</td><td></td><td></td>
<td>ΓΎΡΑ</td><td colspan="2">prostacyclin),</td><td>CYP8B1</td><td>CYP4 6</td><td>CYP46A1</td>
<td></td><td colspan="2">(biosynthesis of</td><td>acid</td><td></td><td>CYP51A1 (lanosterol</td>
<td></td><td>bile)</td><td></td><td></td><td>CYP51</td><td>: 14-alpha demethylase)</td>
<td></td><td>! CYPllAl</td><td>, CYP11B1</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>CYPll</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>; CYP11B2</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
In some embodiments, the prodrug is withdrawn when the prooligonucleotide has not yet been transported through the cell membrane. In other modalities, the prodrug is removed from the prooligonucleotide only after being transported through the cell membrane. Alternatively, the prodrug is withdrawn only after being transported to an organelle within the cell. In some embodiments, the remaining prodrug is removed through nonenzymatic deletion, which includes
103
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE 1) E THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0208.tif" />
exhaustive, the spontaneous reduction within the cell.
Nucleic acid prodrugs are described herein that comprise modification of a chiral X-phosphonate, where the modification improves one or more physicochemical, pharmacokinetic, or pharmacodynamic properties of the nucleic acid. A prodrug moiety is connected to an oxygen or sulfur atom that is connected to the phosphorus atom of a nucleotide phosphonate or phosphothiorate group. The prodrug moiety includes, but is not limited to, S-acyl10 2-thioethyl, acyloxy, thioacyloxy, 2-carboalkoxyethyl, disulfide, thiaminal, and enol ester derivatives.
In one embodiment, the prodrug residue is a residue of
S-acyl-2-thioethyl having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0209.tif" />
where Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Rll is methyl, ethyl, or cyclopropyl.
In other embodiments, the prodrug residue is an acyloxy residue having the following structure:
where Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl
104
ΪΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0210.tif" />
or cycloalkyl and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. In some embodiments, Rll is methyl and R12 is hydrogen.
Alternatively, the prodrug residue is a thioacyloxy residue having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0211.tif" />
where Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl and R12 is hydrogen or alkyl. In some embodiments, Rll is methyl and R12 is hydrogen.
The invention also provides a prodrug moiety.
2-carboalkoxyethyl having one of the following structures:
<img file="MX342945B_D0212.tif" />
<sub>or</sub> Or where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, RIO is methyl or ethyl.
In still other modalities, the prodrug residue is a disulfide residue that has the following structure:
Ace-<sup>8</sup>where Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Rll is methyl, ethyl, or benzyl.
<img file="MX342945B_D0213.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF LA MONEAD
105
INDUSTRIAL
In additional modalities, the prodrug residue is a thioacetal residue that has the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0214.tif" />
where RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl. In some embodiments RIO is methyl, and Rll is methyl or phenyl.
The invention also provides enol ester prodrugs having one of the following structures:
<img file="MX342945B_D0215.tif" />
and<sup>s</sup>^<sup>z</sup>^ o> | -R<sub>11</sub> or
enol ester C4 enol ester C3 where Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the C3 ester enol prodrug moiety or the C4 ester enol prodrug moiety is in the cis form. In some embodiments of the C3 ester enol prodrug moiety or the C4 ester enol prodrug moiety, Rll is methyl, ethyl or phenyl.
In one embodiment, the prodrug moiety is a trialkylammonioethyl moiety having one of the following
106
<img file="MX342945B_D0216.tif" />
structures:
IMPI
Mexican Institute of Industrial Property
<img file="MX342945B_D0217.tif" />
© .Me γθ
Me © -Me i? Me
I
In one embodiment, the prodrug moiety is an alkylhydroxamate moiety having one of the following structures:
<img file="MX342945B_D0218.tif" />
In one embodiment, the prodrug residue is an acylhydroxamate residue having one of the following structures:
<img file="MX342945B_D0219.tif" />
One embodiment provides a nucleic acid prodrug having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0220.tif" />
Formula 1
107
<img file="MX342945B_D0221.tif" />
where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -P (O) (Re) 2,
-HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
Yl is O, NRd, S or Se;
Ra is a blocking group;
Re is a blocking group;
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
Y2 is 0, NRd or S;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen,
-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
at least one instance of X is - OCH2CH2S-S (0) 2R10, 108 *<sup>n</sup>^^ to<sub>M £ XICa</sub>* .
Ot LA EJtOp | £ Q<sub>TO</sub>.,
INOUSTK ^ yes
OCH2CH2S-SCH2CH2QH,
-OCH2CH2CO2H,
<img file="MX342945B_D0222.tif" />
ΑβΛΛ
<img file="MX342945B_D0223.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0224.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0225.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0226.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0227.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0228.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0229.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0230.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0231.tif" />
<j> me
<img file="MX342945B_D0232.tif" />
OR
O o
<img file="MX342945B_D0233.tif" />
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0234.tif" />
0
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OE THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIA L
109
<img file="MX342945B_D0235.tif" />
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group? un — yeotüi da. binding connected to a solid support or a binding moiety connected to a nucleic acid;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
<td></td><td>z</td><td>is</td><td>S</td><td>u 0;</td><td></td>
<td> 10</td><td>what</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>1 or 3;</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>w</td><td>is</td><td> 1,</td><td>2. 3. 4 t -s 1 ~ f</td><td>5 or 6;</td>
R15 and R16 are independently hydrogen or methyl;
R17 is selected from alkyl, aryl, or a CH2CH = CH2;
R18 is selected from N (CH3) 2
<img file="MX342945B_D0236.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0237.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0238.tif" />
n is an integer from 1 to about 200.
In one aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid prodrug 20 having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0239.tif" />
Formula 1
ΙΜΡΙ
<img file="MX342945B_D0240.tif" />
η η Π MEXICAN INSTITUTE fl ** (
INDUSTRIAL PROPER TY U *> 57 ^ where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl -Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -OP (O) (Re) 2,
HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
<td> 5</td><td>Yl</td><td>is</td><td> 0,</td><td>NRd,,</td><td>S or Se;</td>
<td></td><td>Ra</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
<td></td><td>Rc</td><td>is</td><td>a</td><td>group</td><td>blocking;</td>
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation that is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
Y2 is 0, NRd or S;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen, -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl- , -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase;
lll
<img file="MX342945B_D0241.tif" />
each instance of X
<img file="MX342945B_D0242.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0243.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0244.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0245.tif" />
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
112
IMPI
MBXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0246.tif" />
Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200.
In one aspect, the invention provides a nucleic acid prodrug having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0247.tif" />
Formula 2 where Rl is -OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, aryl-Yl-, heteroaryl-Yl -, -OP (O) (Re) 2,
HP (O) (Re), -ORa or -SRc;
Yl is 0, NRd, S or Se;
Ra is a blocking group;
Rc is a blocking group;
each instance of Rd is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, acyl, substituted silyl, carbamate, -P (0) (Re) 2 or -HP (O) (Re);
each instance of Re is independently hydrogen,
IΜ ΡI i 1; MEXICAN INSTITUTE
J- -L OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Y2-, alkenylY2-, alkynyl-Y2-, aryl-Y2- or heteroaryl-Y2-, or a cation which is Na + 1, Li + 1 or K + l;
Y2 is 0, NRd or S;
each instance of R2 is independently hydrogen,
-OH, -SH, -NRdRd, -N3, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyl-Yl-, alkenyl-Yl-, alkynyl-Yl-, arylYl-, heteroaryl-Yl-, -ORb or -SRc, where Rb is a blocking group;
each instance of Ba is independently blocked or unblocked adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, uracil or modified nucleobase; rq □ q each instance of X is'<sup>R</sup>11
<img file="MX342945B_D0248.tif" />
?<sup>12</sup> or ?<sup>12</sup> N
ΑΛΑ ,, ΥΆΎ ,,
V<sup>s</sup>^ VAo γ ° —γ ° 'ρ, ο oo '10
V
<img file="MX342945B_D0249.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0250.tif" />
<¡> Me N
OR
I
I
I
I \ <sup>I</sup> V ^ V ^ Me
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY (jY ^ Me
Ά<sup>Νχ</sup>Μβ
R3 is hydrogen, a blocking group, a bonding moiety connected to a solid support, or a bonding moiety connected to a nucleic acid;
RIO is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl;
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl; and n is an integer from 1 to about 200.
A further embodiment provides the nucleic acid prodrug of Formula 1 or Formula 2, where each residue of
X of the nucleic acid prodrug is independently selected from -OCH2CH2S-S (0) 2R10, -OCH2CH2SSCH2CH2OH, -OCH2CH2CO2H,
<img file="MX342945B_D0251.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0252.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0253.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0254.tif" />
-¡I
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0255.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0256.tif" />
X <sup>K</sup>10
<img file="MX342945B_D0257.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0258.tif" />
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0259.tif" />
115
<img file="MX342945B_D0260.tif" />
You
<img file="MX342945B_D0261.tif" />
River
<img file="MX342945B_D0262.tif" />
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0263.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0264.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0265.tif" />
© Me
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0266.tif" />
<!)
N. <sub>Λ </sub>I
<img file="MX342945B_D0267.tif" />
<td>R3</td><td>is</td><td>hydrogen,</td><td>a blocking group, a</td><td>rest</td><td>of</td>
<td colspan="3">link connected to a</td><td>solid support or a rest</td><td colspan="2">link</td>
<td>connected</td><td colspan="3">to a nucleic acid;</td><td></td><td></td>
<td>RIVER</td><td>is</td><td>a group</td><td>alkyl that has from 1 to 4</td><td>atoms</td><td>of</td>
<td>carbon;</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>Rll</td><td>is</td><td>I rent,</td><td colspan="2">aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl</td><td>or</td>
cycloalkyl;
116
R12 is hydrogen or alkyl;
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
Z is SUO;
q is 0, 1 or 3;
w is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
R15 and R16 are independently hydrogen or methyl;
R17 is selected from alkyl, aryl, or a CH2CH = CH2; and
R18 is selected from N (CH3) 2,
<img file="MX342945B_D0268.tif" />
N.
<td>In some</td><td>modalities,</td><td>n is a number</td><td colspan="2">integer of 1</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>fifty; 1 a</td><td>approximately</td><td> 40;</td><td> 1</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>30; 1 a</td><td>approximately</td><td> 25;</td><td> 1</td>
<td>15 approximately</td><td>twenty; 1 a</td><td>approximately</td><td> 15;</td><td>O 1</td>
about 10.
One embodiment provides a non-racemic pro-oligonucleotide where the pro-oligonucleotide is a 2-5A analog, having a structure of the following formula:
<img file="MX342945B_D0269.tif" />
HO OH
Formula A3-1
117
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0270.tif" />
where X is any of the prodrug residues described herein.
In some embodiments, the non-racemic pro-oligonucleotide is a 2-5A analog that has the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0271.tif" />
where Rll is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloalkyl.
In one embodiment, the non-racemic pro-oligonucleotide is a 2-5A analog having the following structure:
<img file="MX342945B_D0272.tif" />
Formula A3-3
118
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0273.tif" />
EXAMPLES OF SUMMARY METHODS
General discussion about the synthesis methods of nucleic acid prodrugs that comprise a chiral Xphosphonate moiety
The methods described herein provide efficient synthesis of phosphorus atom modified nucleic acid prodrugs where the stereochemical configuration at a phosphorus atom is controlled, thereby producing a stereodefined oligonucleotide. While the examples of synthesis methods described herein provide a 3'-5 'nucleotide link, the 2'-5' nucleotide link is also contemplated.
The pro-oligonucleotides of the invention can be synthesized by modifying either a chiral phosphorothioate or a chiral Hphosphonate of a nucleotide or nucleic acid.
An S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide comprising one as shown in the following
Chiral H-phosphonate scheme:
Scheme 1
<img file="MX342945B_D0274.tif" />
OR<sup>3</sup>
<img file="MX342945B_D0275.tif" />
In some modalities, Rl is -0P (0) (Re) 2, dSftl3e<sup>To the</sup>Re is
119
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF LA PRUFIEDA »
<img file="MX342945B_D0276.tif" />
-OR
O The chiral H-phosphonate is treated with N-chlorosuccinimide and then reacted with Sacyl-2-thioethyl alcohol to produce an S-acyl-2-thioethyl prodrug. The protecting groups present in Rl, R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
An acyloxy nucleic acid prodrug can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide comprising a chiral H-phosphonate as shown in the following scheme: Scheme 2
<img file="MX342945B_D0277.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0278.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0279.tif" />
R<sup>2</sup>
The chiral H-phosphonate is treated with N-chlorosuccinimide and then reacted with a hydroxymethyl acetate compound to produce an acyloxy prodrug. The protecting groups present in Rl, R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
A thioacyloxy nucleic acid prodrug can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide comprising a chiral phosphorothioate as shown in the following scheme:
120
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0280.tif" />
Scheme 3 R<sup>1</sup>-i π Ba
V cT''O w
R<sup>2</sup>
Ba pJ
R<sup>2</sup>
OR<sup>3</sup>
R11 O Cl
Ri 1
Y ° \ -s <sub>r</sub>or OC? "Ό
R<sup>2</sup>
V7
Ba
R<sup>2</sup>
OR<sup>3</sup>
Phosphorothioate is treated with an acyloxy chloromethyl compound to produce an acyloxy prodrug. The protecting groups present in Rl, R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
A 2-carboalkoxyethyl nucleic acid prodrug can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide comprising a chiral phosphorothioate as shown in the following scheme:
<img file="MX342945B_D0281.tif" />
MeO '
<img file="MX342945B_D0282.tif" />
The deprotonated chiral phosphorothioate is reacted with an alkyl acrylate to produce a pronucleotide of
2-carboalkoxyethyl. The protecting groups present in Rl,
R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
A nucleic acid disulfide prodrug can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide that
121 A chiral phosphorothioate comprises the following scheme:
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0283.tif" />
as shown in
<img file="MX342945B_D0284.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0285.tif" />
The deprotonated chiral phosphorothioate is reacted with a dialkyl sulfide to produce an alkyl disulfide pronucleotide. The protecting groups present in Rl, R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
A thioacetal nucleic acid prodrug can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide comprising a chiral phosphorothioate as shown in the following scheme:
<img file="MX342945B_D0286.tif" />
R- | qO
Rio n
<img file="MX342945B_D0287.tif" />
A 1,1-dialkyloxy 3-acyloxy propane is reacted with trimethylsilyltriflate and the deprotonated chiral phosphorothioate is then added to the reaction mixture to produce a thioacetal pronucleotide. The groups
122
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE D £ LA PROF1FOAO industrial
<img file="MX342945B_D0288.tif" />
Protectors present in Rl, R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
A C3 ester enol nucleic acid prodrug can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide comprising a chiral phosphorothioate as shown in the following scheme:
<img file="MX342945B_D0289.tif" />
θ R11
OR
<img file="MX342945B_D0290.tif" />
The deprotonated chiral phosphorothioate is reacted with a compound (E) -3-chloro-1-acyloxy-prop-l-ene to produce the C3 ester enol nucleic acid prodrug. The protecting groups present in Rl, R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
A C4 ester enol nucleic acid prodrug can be synthesized from a nucleic acid or nucleotide comprising a chiral phosphorothioate as shown in the following scheme:
<img file="MX342945B_D0291.tif" />
Cl
<img file="MX342945B_D0292.tif" />
123
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL MONEDAD
<img file="MX342945B_D0293.tif" />
The deprotoned chiral phosphorothioate is reacted with a compound (E) -3-chloro-1-acyloxy-but-l-ene to produce the C3 enol ester nucleic acid prodrug. The protecting groups present in Rl, R2 and / or R3 can be removed later.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid comprising a chiral phosphorothioate or a chiral H-phosphonate is synthesized as described herein. In other embodiments, other synthesis methods can be used to provide the nucleic acid comprising a chiral phosphorothioate or chiral Hphosphonate.
Scheme 9. Synthesis of chiral phosphorothioate precursors of the oligonucleotides of the prodrug of the invention. (Route A)
<img file="MX342945B_D0294.tif" />
Formula 1'
<img file="MX342945B_D0295.tif" />
chain lengthening cycle
<img file="MX342945B_D0296.tif" />
I cover you
<img file="MX342945B_D0297.tif" />
124
ΙΜΡΙ
Mexican Institute of Industrial Property
<img file="MX342945B_D0298.tif" />
Reaction of a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue of Formula 2 with a nucleoside comprising a nucleophilic residue of Formula IV results in the formation of a condensed intermediate (V);
which is converted to a nucleic acid comprising a chiral X'-phosphonate moiety which can be further modified to produce the oligonucleotide of the prodrug of Formula I comprising a chiral X-phosphonate moiety. Synthesis of the condensed intermediate comprises the steps of (a) activating the compound of Formula 2 with a condensing agent to form intermediate II, (b) reaction with a chiral reagent to form intermediate III, followed by (c) reaction with a compound of Formula IV.
The condensed intermediate can be converted to a nucleic acid comprising a chiral X 'phosphonate moiety of Formula 1' by coating the chiral auxiliary with a moiety A, which is an acyl, aryl, alkyl, aralkyl or silyl moiety and modifying the phosphorus to enter J, which is S, Se or
BH3, thereby producing a compound of Formula VII.
The compound of Formula VII can be converted to the compound of Formula 1 ', where X' is S, Se, or BH3, and n is 1, cleaving the chiral reagent and unblocking blocking groups and cleaving them from the solid support if desired.
Alternatively, the compound of Formula VII is subjected
IMPI <sup>2</sup> -> MEXICAN INSTITUTE
FROM 'INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY> ^ ΤΚΓ to chain elongation by unlocking the 5' end and repeating coupling steps to produce a condensed intermediate as previously performed. The steps of coating, modification, unlocking and chain lengthening are repeated until the desired n is obtained.
At that time, chiral reagents are cleaved at each phosphonate, the remaining blocking groups are cleaved, including cleavage from a solid support, if desired, to produce the compound of Formula 1 ', where X' is
S, Se or BH3, and n is greater than or equal to 2 and less than about 200. The compound of Formula 1 ', where X' is
S is then converted by methods described herein to form the pro-oligonucleotide compound of
Formula 1.
Modifying agents used to enter S, Se or
BH2 in chiral phosphorus from the condensed intermediate V in the
Route A.
In some embodiments, the modifying agent is a sulfur electrophile, selenium electrophile, or boronation agent. In some embodiments, the sulfur electrophile is a compound that has one of the following formulas:
S8 (Formula B), Z10-SS-Z11 or Z1Q-SX-Z11, where Z10 and Zll are independently alkyl, aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic,
<img file="MX342945B_D0299.tif" />
MIXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
125 cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, acyl, amide, imide or thiocarbonyl or Z10 and Zll are taken together to form a 3- to 8-membered alicyclic or heterocyclic ring, which may be substituted or unsubstituted; X is S02, O or NRf;
and Rf is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or aryl. In other embodiments, the sulfur electrophile is a compound of Formula B, C, D, E, or F:
<td>Sg</td><td>nh<sub>7</sub>Λ • i</td><td>OEt TO one</td><td></td>
<td>Formula b</td><td>Formula <sup>c</sup></td><td>Formula E></td><td>Formula h</td>
<img file="MX342945B_D0300.tif" />
In other embodiments, the sulfur electrophile is
Formula F, Formula E or Formula B.
In some embodiments, the selenium electrophile is a compound that has one of the following formulas:
Se (Formula G), Z10-Se-Se-Zll or Z10-Se-X-Zll, where Z10 and Zll are independently alkyl, aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, acyl, amide, imide or thiocarbonyl or Z10 and Zll are taken together to form a 3-8 membered alicyclic or heterocyclic ring, which
127
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0301.tif" />
they can be substituted or
NRf; and Rf is hydrogen, aryl.
unsubstituted;
X is S02,
S, 0 O alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or
In other embodiments, the selenium electrophile is a
<td colspan="7">Compound of Formula G, Η, I, J, KqL.</td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td rowspan="2">CQ *</td><td>Ph</td><td rowspan="2">N (/ \ e-Se_pN</td>
<td>I know</td><td>KSeCN</td><td>Ph-</td><td>-P — P (| ¿H</td><td>'be-be Ph</td>
<td>Formula g</td><td>Formula h</td><td colspan="2">Formula l</td><td>Formula J</td><td>Formula k</td><td>Formula L</td>
In some embodiments, the selenium electrophile is
Formula G or Formula L.
In some embodiments, the erasing agent is boran-N, N-diisopropylethylamine (BH3-DIPEA), boran-pyridine (BH3-Py), boran-2-chloropyridine (BH3-CPy), boran-aniline (BH3-An) , boran-tetrahydrofuran (BH3-THF) or borandimethylsulfide (BH3-Me2S), añilina-cyanoborane, triphenylphosphine-carboalcoxiboranos.
In other embodiments, the erasing agent is boran-N, N-diisopropylethylamine (BH3-DIPEA), boran-220 chloropyridine (BH3-CPy), boran-tetrahydrofuran (BH3-THF), or boran-dimethylsulfide (BH3-Me2S).
128
Scheme 10.
IMPI <sup>, NSTI</sup>? 7? Mexican OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0302.tif" />
Synthesis of a prodrug oligonucleotide precursor by chiral H-phosphonates (Route B)
<img file="MX342945B_D0303.tif" />
Fónrwla. one
<img file="MX342945B_D0304.tif" />
In another embodiment, described in Scheme 10, an achiral Hphosphonate of Formula 2 is treated with a condensation reagent to form an intermediate of structure II.
The structure II intermediate is not isolated and is treated in the same container with a chiral reagent to form a structure III chiral intermediate: The structure III intermediate is not isolated and is reacted in the same container with a nucleoside or nucleoside modified from structure IX to provide a chiral phosphite compound of structure X. In some embodiments, the structure
MEXICAN INSTITUTE ¿Λ
X is extracted in a solvent to separate it ~ <sup>, J</sup>
129 secondary, impurities and / or reagents. In other modalities, when the method is carried out by means of a solid phase synthesis, the solid support comprising the compound of structure X is filtered and separated from the secondary products, impurities and / or reagents. The compound of structure X is treated with an acid to remove the blocking group at the 5 'end of the growing nucleic acid chain (structure XI). The acidification step also removes the chiral auxiliary ligand to provide a chiral Hphosphonate IX. The 5 'unlocked intermediate is optionally allowed to re-enter the chain elongation cycle to form a fused intermediate containing a blocked 5' end which is then acidified to remove the 5 'end blocking group and the chiral auxiliary ligand.
When the desired chain length is reached, the 5 'deprotected intermediate is subjected to a modification step to introduce an X residue attached to each 2 0 of the phosphorous atoms to provide a compound of structure XII. The modified broker is unlocked by removing the remaining protecting groups, eg. , removing protecting groups from nucleobase, modified nucleobase, sugar or modified sugar, to provide a
130
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0305.tif" />
Nucleic acid of Formula 1. In embodiments where the solid support is used, nucleic acid modified by a phosphorous atom is then cleaved from the solid support. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid is left attached to the solid support for purification purposes and then cleaved from the solid support after purification. In one embodiment, the synthesis described in Scheme 10 is useful when the G1 and G2 positions of the chiral auxiliary ligand of Formula A are not hydrogen.
Modification of the compound of Formula IX obtained by Route B to introduce a residue of X- or X'phosphonate.
Other methods used to modify the compound of
Formula IX obtained by Route B are illustrated in
Reaction Schemes 10a and 10b. Phosphonate and phosphite are known to tautomerize and exist in equilibrium. The phosphite tautomer is less stable than the phosphonate tautomer. Equilibration takes place in the phosphonate tautomer under neutral conditions due to the strong P = O binding. Under acidic conditions, the phosphoryl group on the phosphonate becomes reversibly protonated. Cleavage of the PH junction in the intermediate occurs slowly to produce the phosphite intermediate. Structure IX is then modified to form structure XII, using reagents shown in
131 Reaction Schemes 10a and 10b. Reaction Scheme 10a.
IMPI • MEXICAN NSTITUTO OI THE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0306.tif" />
Modification of the phosphorus center of intermediates synthesized by Route B using an initial halogenation in phosphorus.
op, o o-vo
0a <sup>ΗΟ</sup>γΥ '° -p- ° <sup>HO</sup>v ° pj R<sup>2</sup>
IX ° » <sup>H0</sup>UCLj<sup>to</sup> | R<sup>2 </sup>HO. 0
Oo .0. · Puxilive halogen reagent<sup>H0</sup>~ P ° Y • A o
<sup>x</sup> ° and ° P<sup>to</sup>
P
Oa <sup>HO</sup>y ° P<sup>to</sup> | R<sup>2</sup> %-<sup>0</sup>
RO 'Ό-ι, ο.
OR"
R<sup>2</sup> r <sup>H0</sup>Y ° P<sup>to</sup> to go<sup>2 </sup>0 ^ .0 rs' ~<sup>or</sup>I j*
P
Oa
Reaction Scheme 10b.
Modification of phosphorus in intermediates synthesized by Route B using initial silylation.
<img file="MX342945B_D0307.tif" />
<sup>H0</sup>T., O.,
HO. pl
IVHVTIVO of Nilil Ation
ROyo-j<sup>18</sup>
R<sup>2</sup> ηΆ
P
Agent tle i 'nciiarión p¡Si0. .or
I <sup>R2</sup> l
0a
Η0- | Λ $ «
KP ° yM<sup>to</sup>
P roil de »IquiÍMC¡ón electrofixing agent <sub>k</sub> sulfur
RQyO'J<sup>3</sup> or" <sup>R </sup>R ° yo.p
P
0a
Ηθη or Ba
Y 'Z HjB' ~ Όί, o ^ <sup>H</sup>° I ^<sup>to</sup>
P<sup>2</sup><sup>θ</sup>* κ · ° i Se '“VO ¿A <sup>Η0</sup>γ ^<sup>8</sup> ° T <° zs<sup>-</sup> '° yoJ<sup>s</sup>
P
Oa
IMPif ~
132
MEXICAN INSTITUTE '
OF THE INDUSTRIAL MONEDAD
<img file="MX342945B_D0308.tif" />
This is done by reacting Structure IX with a halogenation reagent and then reacting it with a nucleophile. In specific embodiments, the halogenation reagent is CC14, CBr4, CI4,, C12, Br2, 12, sulfuryl chloride (SO2C12), phosgene, triphosgene, sulfur monochloride, sulfur dichloride, chloramine, CuC12, N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS), N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) or Nyodosuccinimide (NIS). In other specific embodiments, the halogenation reagent is CC14, CBr4, C12, sulfuryl chloride (SO2C12), or N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS). In some embodiments, the nucleophile is primary or secondary amines, alcohols, or thiols. In other embodiments, the nucleophile is NRfRfH, RfOH, or RfSH, where Rf is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or aryl, and at least one of Rf of NRfRfH is not hydrogen.
The modification step can also be performed by reacting structure IX with a silylation reagent, and then reacting it with a sulfur electrophile, a selenium electrophile, a biting agent, an alkylating agent, an aldehyde, or an acylating agent.
In specific embodiments, the silylation reagent is chlorotrimethylsilane (TMS-C1), triisopropylsilyl chloride (TIPS-C1), t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride
<img file="MX342945B_D0309.tif" />
<sub>133</sub> IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL (TBDMS-C1), t-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (TBDPS-C1),
1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS), Ntrimethylsilyldimethylamine (TMSDMA), Ntrimethylsilyldiethylamine (TMSDEA), N-trimethylsilylacetamide (TMSA), N, O-bis (trimethylsilyl) acetamide (BSA), or N, 0bis (trimethylsilyl) trifluoroacetamide (BSTFA).
In other specific embodiments, the sulfur electrophile is a compound having one of the following formulas:
S8 (Formula B), Z10-SS-Z11 or Z10-SX-Z11, where Z10 and Zll are independently alkyl, aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, acyl, amide, imide or thiocarbonyl or Z10 and Zll are taken together to form a 3- to 8-membered alicylic or heterocyclic ring, which may be substituted or unsubstituted; X is SO2, 0 or NRf; and Rf is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or aryl. In other embodiments, the sulfur electrophile is a compound of Formula B, C, D, E, or F:
<td>Sg</td><td>nh<sub>2</sub></td>
<td>Formula b</td><td>Formula c</td>
OEt
Formula θ
<img file="MX342945B_D0310.tif" />
OR
Formula E
<img file="MX342945B_D0311.tif" />
Formula E
IMPIOS,
134
OF THE
INDUSTRIAL
In other embodiments, the sulfur electrophile is
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
DELA FRRUPIEDAO *
Formula F, Formula E or Formula B.
In some embodiments, the selenium electrophile is a compound that has one of the following formulas:
Se (Formula G), Z10-Se-Se-Zll or Z10-Se-X-Zll, where Z10 and Zll are independently alkyl, aminoalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, acyl, amide, imide or thiocarbonyl or Z10 and Zll are taken together to form a 3-8 membered alicyclic or heterocyclic ring, which may be substituted or unsubstituted; X is SO2, S, 0 or NRf; and Rf is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or aryl.
In other modalities,
<td>compound</td><td>by Fómula</td><td>G, Η, I,</td>
<td>I know</td><td>KSeCN</td><td>I know Ph-P-Ph ¿H</td>
<td>Formula g</td><td>Formula 1</td><td>Formula i</td>
the selenium electrophile is a
J, K or L.
<img file="MX342945B_D0312.tif" />
Formula J Formula K Formula L
In some embodiments, the electrophile
Formula G or Formula L.
In some embodiments, the agent boran-N, N-diisopropylethylamine (BH3-DIPEA), from selenium is boronation, is boran-pyridine (BH3-Py), boran-2-chloropyridine (BH3-CPy), boran-aniline
135 (ΒΗ3 · Αη), boran-tetrahldrofuran dimethylsulfide (BH3-Me2S),
IMPI (BH3-THF)
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF LA MONEDAD
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0313.tif" />
borananiline-cyanoborane, triphenylphosphine-carboalkoxyboranes. In other embodiments, the erasing agent is boran-N, N-diisopropylethylamine (BH3-DIPEA), boran-2-chloropyridine (BH3-CPy), borantetrahydrofuran (BH3-THF), or boran-dimethylsulfide (BH3-Me2S).
In other embodiments, the alkylating agent is an alkyl halide, alkenyl halide, alkynyl halide, alkyl sulfonate, alkenyl sulfonate, or alkynyl sulfonate.
In other embodiments, the aldehyde is (para) formaldehyde, alkyl aldehyde, alkenyl aldehyde, alkynyl aldehyde, or aryl aldehyde.
In still other embodiments, the acylating agent is a compound of Formula Μ or N:
G 'OG
Formula M Formula N where G7 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyloxy, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; and M is F, Cl, Br, I, 3nitro-1,2,4-triazole, imidazole, alkyltriazole, tetrazole, pentafluorobenzene or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
<img file="MX342945B_D0314.tif" />
Scheme 11. Synthesis of a f osf orotideftS «5<sup>R1AL</sup>
<img file="MX342945B_D0315.tif" />
136 chiral dinucleoside by stereoselec'ftvav ia synthesis
TBDPS
<img file="MX342945B_D0316.tif" />
Ph?
<img file="MX342945B_D0317.tif" />
ta
TBDPS
<img file="MX342945B_D0318.tif" />
^ NH CK ... i '
one. Ar-n
2.
<img file="MX342945B_D0319.tif" />
TBDPSO
3. DBU
<img file="MX342945B_D0320.tif" />
ta
TBDPSO
A method of synthesis of stereoselective dinucleoside phosphorothioate involves the use of stereochemically pure 3'-phosphoramidites, as described in Oka et al, (J. Am. Chem, Soc. (2003), 125: 8307-17). As shown in Scheme 6a (above), the 215 chloroxazaphospholidine derivatives are allowed to react with a 5'-0 (TBDPS) nucleoside to provide the 3'-0oxazaphospholidine derivative. Reaction of a 3'-O- (TBDPS) nucleoside with a 3'-Q-oxazaphospholidine derivative in the presence of an activator, such as N- (cyanomethyl) pyrrolidone, gives the phosphite dinucleoside as a simple diastereomer. The phosphite dinucleoside can be converted to phosphorothioate by a three-step process involving acetylation with acetic anhydride, sulfurization with Beaucage's reagent (3H-1,2-benzodithiol-3-one-1,1-dioxide; Iyer et al. , J. Am.
137
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
Chem. Soc. (1990), 112: 1253-4), and cleavage of the chiral auxiliary ** with excess DBU. The phosphorothioate of the protected dinucleosis is then converted to the prodrug by methods described herein.
Other useful methods for the synthesis of dinucleoside phosphorothioates include enzymatic methods (Hacia et al. Biochemistry (1994), 33: 5367-9; Tang et al. Nucleosides
Nucleotides (1995), 14: 985-990), methods involving the separation of mixtures of diastereomeric phosphorothioate 10 prepared by non-stereoselective methods (Zon et al.
Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach; IRL
Press: London, 1991, pp 87-108) and methods involving stereoselective synthesis of phosphorothioates (Wilk et al. J.
Am. Chem. Soc. 2000, 122, 2149-2156; Lu et al, Angew. Chem.,
Int. Ed. 2000, 39, 4521-4524; Iyer et al
Tetrahedron.-Asymmetry 1995, 6, 1051-1054. Iyer et al
Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 2491-2494; Lu et al Tetrahedron
2001, 57, 1677-1687. Stec et al Nucleic Acids Res. 1991, 19,
5883-5888; Stec et al J. Am. Chem, Soc. 1995, 117, 1201920 12029; Uznan'ski et al J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1992, 114, 1019710202,
Reverse synthesis of nucleic acid 5 'to 3<sup>1</sup>'
A nucleic acid of Formula 1 comprises a chiral Xphosphonate residue alternatively synthesized from the 5 'to 3' direction. In modalities in which a
138
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0321.tif" />
solid support, the nucleic acid binds to the solid support through its 5 'end of the growing nucleic acid, thereby presenting its 3' group for reaction, including enzymatic reaction (eg, ligation and polymerization). In some embodiments, this orientation is designed by preparing nucleoside monomers comprising an achiral Hphosphonate residue at the 5 'position and a protected hydroxyl group at the 3' position. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid is synthesized according to Scheme 12. In
Scheme 12, -R4 is -Orh, as defined above, the last cycle of synthesis, is R4, which is equivalent to Rl as defined herein.
Scheme 12.
Synthesis 5'to 3 'of a pro-oligonucleotide of Formula 1 comprising a chiral X-phosphonate residue.
n activation ίτ-η, · Ha / y ·>
qurraF reagent Λ '
Ga ~ »r, β * v 1 condensation
<img file="MX342945B_D0322.tif" />
chain lengthening cycle acidify (3 'end release)
-ι na »
V remove other protecting groups, excise from solid support
ÓH Modification formula
Q.
<img file="MX342945B_D0323.tif" />
chiral auxiliary is removed during acidification
XV rí
<img file="MX342945B_D0324.tif" />
V
9
ΙΜΡΙ
<img file="MX342945B_D0325.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL »In the embodiment described in Scheme 12, an achiral Hphosphonate of structure Ir is treated with a condensation reagent to form an intermediate of structure
Ilr. The Ilr structure intermediate is not isolated and is treated in the same container with a chiral reagent to form an Illr structure intermediate. The intermediate of structure Illr is not isolated and is reacted in the same container with a nucleoside or modified nucleoside of structure XIII to provide a chiral phosphite compound of structure XIV. In some embodiments, structure XIV is extracted in a solvent to separate it from secondary products, impurities, and / or reagents. In other embodiments, when the method is performed by solid phase synthesis, the solid support comprising the compound of structure XIV is filtered and separated from the by-products, impurities and / or reagents. Compound of structure XIV is treated with an acid to remove the blocking group at the 3 'end of the growing nucleic acid chain (structure XV). The acidification step also removes the chiral auxiliary ligand to provide a compound of structure XIII. The unlocked broker
3 'is optionally allowed to re-enter the chain lengthening cycle to form a condensed intermediate containing a blocked 3' end which is then
140
<img file="MX342945B_D0326.tif" />
Acidify to remove the 3 'end blocking group and chiral auxiliary ligand. After at least one cycle of chain lengthening, the 3 'unprotected intermediate undergoes a modification step to introduce a residue of
X attached to each of the phosphorous atoms to provide a compound of structure XVI. The modified broker is unlocked by removing the remaining protecting groups, eg. , removing protecting groups from nucleobase, modified nucleobase, sugar or modified sugar, to provide a nucleic acid of Formula 1. In other embodiments, the nucleoside comprising a 3'-OH moiety is an intermediate to a previous chain elongation cycle, as described herein. In still other embodiments, the nucleoside comprising a 3'-OH moiety is an intermediate obtained from another known synthetic nucleic acid method. Following a cycle of synthesis with the first nucleoside, nucleosides, nucleotides, or nucleic acids containing an unprotected -OH moiety can be used for subsequent elongation cycles. In embodiments where a solid support is used, the nucleic acid modified by a phosphorous atom is then cleaved from the solid support located at the 5 'end. In certain embodiments, nucleic acids are left attached to the solid support for purification purposes and are then cleaved from the
141
ΙΜΡΪ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0327.tif" />
solid support after purification. In one aspect, the synthesis described in Scheme 12 is useful when the Gl and G2 positions of the chiral auxiliary ligand of Formula A are not hydrogen. 5 'in 3' reverse synthesis can be accomplished using the same starting materials in the Scheme in a mechanism analogous to the steps in Route A.
Creation of phosphotiotrieters with reversible protecting groups from H-phosphonate
Phosphorothioates can be stereospecifically synthesized from H-phosphonates with retention of configuration at the phosphorus atom (J. Org. Chem. 1991,
3861-3869). Also contemplated is the use of this reaction to synthesize phosphorothiotresters using a thiol-containing moiety that also carries a bioreversible protecting group; see Scheme 13. Additionally, stereocontrolled solid phase synthesis of oligonucleoside H-phosphonates has also been reported (Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 496-499) and it is contemplated that this method combined with alkylation during solid support synthesis, prepares phosphotiotriesters on the support.
142
Scheme 13
<img file="MX342945B_D0328.tif" />
O ü
DMTrO
<img file="MX342945B_D0329.tif" />
DMTrO
DMTrO HO
i) Ij.ACN: Py (3: 2), TBDPSC1 and the corresponding thiol ii) 3% DCA / DCM
Reaction conditions and reagents used in the methods of the invention.
Terms
Steps to react a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue and a nucleoside comprising a 5'-OH residue to form a condensed intermediate can occur without isolating intermediates. In some embodiments, the steps for reacting a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue and a nucleoside comprising a 5'-OH residue to form a condensed intermediate occurs in a one-pot reaction. In one embodiment, a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue, condensation reagent, chiral agent, and a compound comprising a free nucleophilic residue are added to the reaction mixture at different times. In another embodiment, a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue, reactive of
143
<img file="MX342945B_D0330.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF EA PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL condensation and chiral reagent is present in the same reaction container or in the same container. In another embodiment, a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue, condensation reagent, chiral agent, and a compound comprising a free nucleophilic residue are present in the same reaction or in the same container. This allows the reaction to proceed without isolation of intermediates and removes time consuming steps, resulting in economical and efficient synthesis. In specific embodiments, the achiral H-phosphonate, condensation reagent, chiral amino alcohol, 5'-OH nucleoside are present at the same time in a reaction. In a further embodiment, the formation of the chiral intermediate for condensation is formed in situ and is not isolated prior to the condensation reaction. In another embodiment, a molecule comprising an achiral H-phosphonate residue was activated by reaction with a condensation reagent, chiral reagent in a different reaction container than that used by reacting the chiral intermediate with the compound comprising a residue of 5<sup>1</sup>-Free OH.
Synthesis on solid support
In some embodiments, nucleic acid syntheses are performed in solution. In other embodiments, nucleic acid syntheses are performed in the solid phase. The groups
144 —
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL solid support reagents can be unprotected or protected. During oligonucleotide synthesis, a solid support is treated with various reagents in different synthesis cycles to achieve step-by-step elongation of a growing oligonucleotide chain with individual nucleotide units. The nucleoside unit at the end of the chain that attaches directly to the solid support is called the first nucleoside, as used herein. The first nucleoside is attached to the solid support via a linker moiety, that is, a diradical with covalent linkages to the polymer of the solid support and the nucleoside. The bond remains intact during the synthesis cycles performed to assemble the oligonucleotide chain and is cleaved after assembly of the chain to release the oligonucleotide from the support.
Solid supports for solid phase nucleic acid synthesis include supports described herein, eg. , US Patents 4,659,774, 5,141,813,
4,458,066; Caruthers, US Patent No. 4,415,732,
4,458,066, 4,500,707, 4,668,777, 4,973,679 and 5,132,418;
Andrus et al ,. U.S. Patent No. 5,047,524,
5,262,530; and Koster, US Patent No. 4,725,677 (reissued as Re34,069). In some embodiments, the solid phase is an organic polymeric support. In others
IΜ ΡI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE '¿íínZ
OF THE PKOPIÍaII V support $ ÓÍ<sup>T</sup>i'frtérr & § ^ support polllllél ico -
145 üoliestereno, a modalities, the solid phase is an inorganic. In some embodiments, the organic is polystyrene, polyethylene glycol-polystyrene graft aminomethyl copolymer, polyacrylamide, polymethacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol, highly crosslinked polymer (HCP), or other synthetic polymers, carbohydrates such as cellulose and starch, or other polymeric carbohydrates or other polymers. copolymer, composites, or combinations of the above inorganic or organic materials. In other embodiments, the inorganic polymeric support on silica, aluminum, controlled polyglass (CPG) which is a support for silica gel or aminopropyl CPG. Other useful solid supports include fluorine solid supports (see eg.
WO / 2005/070859), Long Chain Alkylamine (LCAA) Solid Controlled Glass Pore (CPG) Supports, (see eg, SP Adams, KS Kavka, EJ Wykes, SB
Holder and GR Galluppi, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1983, 105, 661663; GR Gough, MJ Bruden and Ρ. T. Gilham, Tetrahedron
Lett., 1981, 22, 4177-4180). Membrane supports and polymeric membranes (see, eg, Innovation and Perspectives in
Solid Phase Synthesis, Peptides, Proteins and Nucleic Acids, ch 21 pp 157-162, 1994, Ed. Roger Epton and US Patent No. 4,923,901) are also useful for the
145 nucleic acid synthesis. Once formed, a membrane
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0331.tif" />
it may be chemically functionalized for use in nucleic acid synthesis. In addition to binding a functional group to the membrane, the use of a membrane-bound linker or spacer group can be used to minimize the spherical obstacle between the membrane and the synthesized chain.
Other suitable solid supports include those generally known in the art as suitable for use in solid phase methodologies, including, for example, glass sold as PrimerTM 200 support, controlled glass pore (CPG), oxalyl controlled glass pore ( see, eg, Alul, et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 1991,
19, 1527), TentaGel Support, a derivatized aminopolyethylene glycol support (see, eg, Wright, et al.,
Tetrahedron Lett., 1993, 34, 3373), and Poros, a polystyrene / divinylbenzene copolymer.
The use of surface activated polymers in the synthesis of natural and modified nucleic acids and proteins in various solid support media has been demonstrated.
The solid support material can be any adequately uniform polymer in porosity, has sufficient amine content and is flexible enough to undergo any auxiliary manipulation without losing
<img file="MX342945B_D0332.tif" />
147 ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY . INDUSTRIAL 7 * —I integrity. Examples of suitable selected polypropylene materials, "~~ include nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyester, polystyrene, polycarbonate, and nitrocellulose. Other materials can serve as the solid support depending on the researcher's design. In consideration of some designs, for example, a coated metal, in particular gold or platinum, can be selected (see, eg, US Publication No. 20010055761).
In an oligonucleotide synthesis embodiment, for example, a nucleoside is anchored to a solid support that is functionalized with hydroxyl or amino residues. Alternatively, the solid support is derivatized to provide an acid labile trialkoxytrityl group, such as a trimethoxytryl (TMT) group. Without being bound by theory, it is expected that the presence of the trialkoxytrityl protecting group will allow initial detritylation under conditions commonly used in DNA synthesizers. For faster release of the oligonucleotide material in solution with aqueous ammonia, a diglycol bond is optionally inserted into the support.
Rest of link
A binding or linking moiety is optionally used to connect the solid support to the compound comprising a free nucleophilic moiety. Such suitable links are known
148
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY as short molecules that serve to connect a solid support with the functional groups (eg, hydroxyl groups) of initial nucleoside molecules in solid phase synthesis techniques. In some embodiments, the bond moiety is a succinamic acid bond or a succinate bond (-C0CH2-CH2-C0-) or an oxalyl bond (-CO-CO-). In other embodiments, the linker moiety and nucleosides are linked together through an ester linkage. In other embodiments, the binding moiety and nucleosides are linked together through an amide bond. In additional embodiments, the linker moiety connects the nucleoside to another nucleotide or nucleic acid. Suitable links are described in, for example,
Oligonucleotides And Analogues A Practical Approach, Ekstein,
F. Ed., IRL Press, NY, 1991, Chapter 1.
A linking moiety is used to connect the compound comprising a free nucleophilic moiety to another nucleoside, nucleotide, or nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the bond moiety is a phosphodiester bond.
In other embodiments, the linker moiety is an Hphosphonate moiety. In still other embodiments, the linker moiety is an H-phosphonate moiety.
Solvents for synthesis
The synthesis of nucleic acids is carried out in an aprotic organic solvent. In some modalities, the
9
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0333.tif" />
solvent is acetonitrile, pyridine, tetrahydrofuran, or dichloromethane. In some embodiments, when the aprotic organic solvent is not basic, a base is present in the reaction step. In some embodiments, in which a base is present, the base is a pyridine, quinoline, or N, N-dimethylaniline. Other examples of bases include pyrrolidine, piperidine, N-methyl pyrrolidine, pyridine, quinoline, N, N-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), or N, N-dimethylaniline. In some embodiments, the aprotic organic solvent is anhydrous. In other embodiments, the anhydrous aprotic organic solvent is freshly distilled. In some embodiments, the freshly distilled anhydrous aprotic organic solvent is pyridine. In other embodiments, the freshly distilled anhydrous aprotic organic solvent is tetrahydrofuran. In other embodiments, the freshly distilled anhydrous aprotic organic solvent is acetonitrile.
Acidification conditions to remove blocking groups.
Acidification to remove blocking groups is accomplished by Bransted acid or Lewis acid. In some embodiments, acidification is used to remove Rl-blocking groups. Useful Br0nsted acids are carboxylic acids, alkylsulfonic acids, arylsulfonic acids, phosphoric acid and its derivatives, phosphonic acid and its
150
<img file="MX342945B_D0334.tif" />
derivatives, alkylphosphonic acids and their derivatives, arylphosphonic acids and their derivatives, phosphonic acid, dialkylphosphonic acids and diarylphosphinic acids having a pKa value (25 ° C in water) of -0.6 (trifluoroacetic acid) in 4.76 (acetic acid) in a organic solvent or water (in the case of 80% acetic acid). The acid concentration (1 to 80%) used in the acidification step depends on the acidity of the acid. The strength of the acid should be taken into account as strong acid conditions will result in purification / depirimidination, where the purinyl or pyrimidyl bases are cleaved from the ribose ring.
RCOOH
RS-OH
Ik
R<sup>1</sup>OI ^ -OH
ÓR<sup>2</sup> or
R<sup>1</sup>- ^ - OH
ÓR<sup>2</sup>
R<sup>1</sup>-f ^ -OH
R<sup>2</sup>
R = H, alkyl, aryl R = alkyl, aryl R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup> = H. Alkyl, aryl R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup> = H, alkyl, aryl R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup> = H. Alkyl, aryl
In some embodiments, acidification is accomplished by Lewis acid in an organic solvent. Lewis acids are ZnX2 where X is Cl, Br, I, or CF3SO3.
In some embodiments, acidification involves adding an amount of Bronsted or Lewis acid effective to convert the condensed intermediate to the compound of
Formula 4 without removing the purine residues from the condensed intermediate.
Acids that are useful in the acidification step also include, but are not limited to, 10% phosphoric acid.
151
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INOUSTRJAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0335.tif" />
in an organic solvent, 10% hydrochloric acid in an organic solvent, 1% trifluoroacetic acid in an organic solvent, 3% dichloroacetic acid in an organic solvent, or 80% acetic acid in water. The concentration of any Bronsted or Lewis acid used in the process is selected such that the concentration of the acid does not exceed a concentration that causes cleavage of the nucleobase from the sugar moiety.
In some embodiments, acidification involves adding 1% trifluoroacetic acid in an organic solvent.
In some embodiments, acidification involves adding about 0.1% to about 8% trifluoroacetic acid in an organic solvent. In other embodiments, acidification involves adding 3% dichloroacetic acid in an organic solvent. In other embodiments, acidification involves adding about 0.1% to about 10% dichloroacetic acid in an organic solvent. In still other modalities, acidification involves adding 3% trichloroacetic acid in an organic solvent. In still other embodiments, acidification involves adding about 0.1% to about 10% trichloroacetic acid in an organic solvent. In some embodiments, acidification involves adding 80% acetic acid to water. In some modalities, acidification
152
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0336.tif" />
It comprises adding approximately 50% to approximately 90%, or approximately 50% to approximately 80%, approximately 50% to approximately 70%, approximately 50% to approximately 60%, approximately 70% to approximately 90% acetic acid in water. In some embodiments, acidification further comprises adding cation binders to the acidic solvent. In specific embodiments, the cation binders can be triethylsilane or triisopropylsilane. In some embodiments, Rl is released prior to the acidification step of the condensed intermediate. In some embodiments, Rl is unlocked by acidification which involves adding 1% trifluoroacetic acid in an organic solvent. In some embodiments, Rl is unlocked by acidification which involves adding 3% dichloroacetic acid in an organic solvent. In some embodiments, Rl is unlocked by acidification which involves adding 3% trichloroacetic acid in an organic solvent.
Suppression of the remains or blocking groups
Functional groups such as hydroxyl or amino residues that are located on nucleobases or sugar residues are routinely blocked with blocking (protecting) groups (residues) during synthesis and subsequently unblocked.
In general, a blocking group provides chemical functionality of an inert molecule under reaction conditions
IMPI - * ζ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
R 7 OF PROPERTY V> * M
INDUSTRIAL specific and can then be removed from such functionality in a molecule without substantially damaging the rest of the molecule (see eg, Green and Wuts, Protective Groups in
Organic Synthesis, 2<sup>to</sup> Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York,
1991). For example, amino groups can be blocked with nitrogen blocking groups such as phthalimido, 9fludrenylmethoxycarbonyl (FMOC), triphenylmethylsulfenyl, tBOC, 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl (DMTr), 4-methoxytryl (MMTr), 9phenylxanthine-9-yl ( Pixyl), triphenyl (Tr) or 9- (p10 methoxyphenyl) xanthine-9-yl (MOX). Carboxyl groups can be protected as acetyl groups. Hydroxyl groups can be protected such as tetrahydropyranyl (THP), tbutyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), 1- [(2-chloro-4-methyl) phenyl] -4methoxypiperidin-4-yl (Ctmp), 1- (2-fluorophenyl) - 415 methoxypiperidin-4-yl (Fpmp), 1- (2-chloroethoxy) ethyl, 3methoxy-1,5-dicarbomethoxypentan-3-yl (MDP), bis (2acetoxyethoxy) methyl (ACE), triisopropylsilyloxymethyl (TOM),
1- (2-cyanoethoxy) ethyl (CEE), 2-cyanoethoxymethyl (CEM), [4- (N-dichloroacetyl-N-methylamino) benzyloxy] methyl, 2-cyanoethyl (CN), pivaloyloxymethyl (PivOM), levunyloxymethyl (ALE). Other representatives of hydroxyl blocking groups have been described (see, eg, Beaucage et al., Tetrahedron, 1992,
46, 2223). In some embodiments, the hydroxyl blocking groups are acid labile groups, such as triphyl,
154
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF PROPERTY J
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0337.tif" />
monomethoxytryl, dimethoxytryl, trimethoxytryl, phenylxanthine-9-yl (Pixyl), and 9- (p-methoxyphenyl) xanthine-9-yl (MOX). Chemical functional groups can also be blocked including as a precursor. Therefore, an azido group can be considered a blocked form of an amine as the azide group is readily converted to the amine. Representatives of additional protecting groups used in nucleic acid synthesis are known (see, eg, Agrawal et al., Protocols for Oligonucleotide
Conjugates, Eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994, Vol. 26, pp. 1-72).
Different methods are known and are used for the suppression of nucleic acid blocking groups. In some embodiments, all blocking groups are removed.
In other embodiments, the blocking groups are partially removed. In still other embodiments, the reaction conditions can be adjusted to remove the blocking groups on certain residues. In some embodiments where R2 is a blocking group, the deletion of the blocking group 20 in R2 is orthogonal to the deletion of the blocking group in Rl. The blocking groups in Rl and R2 remain intact during the synthesis steps and are collectively removed after chain assembly. In some embodiments, R2 blocking groups are removed
IM --- 155
INSTITUTC OF THE
<img file="MX342945B_D0338.tif" />
simultaneously with cleavage of the nucleic acids from the solid support and with the deletion of the nucleobase blocking groups. In specific embodiments, the blocking group in Rl is removed while the blocking groups in R2 and the nucleobases remain intact. The Rl blocking groups are cleaved on solid supports with an organic base such as a primary amine, a secondary amine, or a mixture thereof. Unlocking the Rl position is commonly referred to as frontal unprotection.
In one embodiment, the nucleobase blocking groups, if any, are cleaved after assembly of the corresponding nucleic acid with an acidic reagent. In another embodiment, one or more of the nucleobase blocking groups are cleaved under conditions that are neither acidic nor basic, eg. , cleavable with hydrofluoric acid complexes or fluoride salts. In yet another embodiment, one or more nucleobase blocking groups are cleavable after assembly of the corresponding nucleic acid in the presence of a base or basic solvent and where the nucleobase blocking group is stable under the conditions of the frontal amine deprotection step.
In some embodiments, nucleobase blocking groups are not required. In other embodiments, nucleobase blocking groups are required. In still others
156 modalities, certain nucleobases need a group
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE D (INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0339.tif" />
blocking while other nucleobases do not need blocking groups. In embodiments where the nucleobases are blocked, the blocking groups are removed in whole or in part under appropriate conditions to remove the blocking group at the front end. For example, Rl can denote ORa, where Ra is acyl and Ba denotes guanine blocked with an acyl group which includes, but is not limited to, isobutyryl, acetyl or 4 - (tert-butylphenoxy) acetyl. The acyl groups in Rl and Ba will be deleted or partially deleted during the same unlocking step.
Reagents
Condensation reagent
The condensation reagent (CR) useful in the methods of the invention has one of the following general formulas:
—L,
Cr4
TO
I
Z *
C<sub>h</sub>5 cycloalkyl, where Zl, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z5, Z6, Z7, Z8 and Z9 are independently selected from alkyl, aminoalkyl, heterocyclic, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyloxy, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy, or where any of Z2 and Z3, Z5 and Z6, Z7 and <sub>157</sub> IMPI 5? * Mexican institute
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
Z8, Z8 and Z9, Z9 and Z7, or Z7 and Z8 and Z9 are taken together to form a 3- to 20-membered alicyclic or heterocyclic ring; Q- is a counter anion; and L is an outgoing group.
In some embodiments, the counter ion of the CR condensation reagent is Cl-, Br-, BF4-, PF6-, TfO-, Tf2N-, AsF6-,
C1O4- or SbF6-, where Tf is CF3SO2. In some embodiments, the leaving group of the condensation reagent CR is F, Cl, Br,
I, 3-nitro-l, 2,4-triazole, imidazole, alkyltriazole, tetrazole, pentafluorobenzene or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
Examples of condensing agents that can be used in the process include, but are not limited to, pentafluorobenzoyl chloride, carbonyldiimidazole (CDI), 1-methylenesulfonyl-3-nitrotriazole (MSNT), 1-ethyl-3- (3'-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI-HCl), benzotriazol-1-yloxytris (dimethylamino) phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), N, N'bis (2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl) phosphinicq (BopCl) chloride, 2- (ΙΗ-7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl) -1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and O-benzotriazole-Ν, Ν, N ', N'20 tetramethyluronium (HBTU) hexafluorophosphate. DIPCDI; N, N'-bis (2-oxo-3oxazolidinyl) phosphonic bromide (BopBr), 1,3-dimethyl-2- (3-nitro-l, 2,4-triazol-1-yl) -2-pyrrolidin- hexafluorophosphate l-yl1,3,2-diazaphospholidinium (MNTP), 3-nitro1,2,4-triazol-1-yl-tris (pyrrolidin-1-yl) phosphonium (PyNTP) hexafluorophosphate,
158
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE PE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0340.tif" />
bromotripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBrOP);
Q- (benzotriazol-l-yl) -Ν, Ν, Ν ', N' (TBTU); and tetrafluoroborate tetramethyluronium tetramethylfluoroformamidinium hexafluorophosphate (TFFH).
In certain embodiments, the counter ion of the condensation reagent CR is
Cl-, Br-, BF4-, PF6-, TfO-, Tf2N-, AsF5-, C1O4- O SbF6-, where Tf is CF3SO2.
In other embodiments of the invention, the condensation reagent is 1- (2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl) -510 (pyridin-2-yl) tetrazolide, pivaloyl chloride, bromotrispyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate,
N, N'-bis (2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl) phosphonic (BopCl) or 2-chloro5,5-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,3,2-dioxafosfinan. In one embodiment, the condensation reagent is N, N'-bis (2-oxo-315 oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BopCl). Other known condensation reagents have been described (see, eg,
WO / 2006/066260).
In other embodiments, the condensation reagent is 1,3-dimethyl-2- (3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-120 yl) -2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-l, 3,2- hexafluorophosphate. diazaphospholidinium (MNTP) or 3-nitro-l, 2,4-triazol-l-yltris (pyrrolidin-l-yl) phosphonium (PyNTP) hexafluorophosphate.
159 to
IMPI
MtXICAN'j INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0341.tif" />
ΓΛ? ΓΛ w
BopCI / O PFe rV<sup>+ N</sup><sup>k</sup>N<sup>Z</sup> V \ \ C<sub>n</sub>^ no!
MNTP • Pfr
V * TS
OR
PyNTP
N0<sub>2</sub>
Chiral reagent
In the methods of the present invention, chiral reagents are used to confer stereoselectivity in the production of X-phosphonate bonds. Several different chiral auxiliaries can be used in this process which are compounds of Formula 3-1 where W1 and W2 are any of -0, -S- or -NG5-, which are capable of reacting with the H-phosphonate starting material, a compound of Formula 2 to form the chiral intermediate, as shown in the structure
III of Schemes 5 and 5.
H — VVj W<sub>2</sub>-H
G ^ fuJu<sup>3</sup>'^<sup>1</sup>
G<sup>3</sup> G<sup>2</sup>
Formula 3-1
0 Ul and U3 are atoms if there were, or with each other if r double or triple. U2 is -C-,
-S- where r is a number heteroatoms are contiguous
<td>carbon that</td><td>I know</td><td>bind U2 if</td>
<td>is 0, by</td><td>a</td><td>simple union,</td>
<td>-CG8-, -CG8G8-,</td><td colspan="2">-NG8-, -N-, -O- 0</td>
<td>integer from 0 to 5</td><td>and</td><td>no more than two</td>
When any of U2 is C, it
<img file="MX342945B_D0342.tif" />
ΙΜΡΙ
0 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL must form a triple union between a second instance of U2, which is C, or with one of UI or U3. Similarly, when any of U2 is CG8, a double junction must be formed between a second instance of U2 that is -CG8- or -N- or with one of
UI or U3.
For example, in some embodiments, -Ul- (U2) r-U3- is CG3G4-CG1G2-. In some modes, -Ul- (U2) r-U3 - is
CG3 = CG1-. In some embodiments, -Ul- (U2) r-U3 - is -C == C-. In some embodiments, -Ul- (U2) r-U3- is -CG3 = C G8-CG1G2-. In some embodiments, -Ul- (U2) r-U3- is -CG3G4-O-CG1G2-. In some embodiments, -Ul- (U2) r-U3- is -CG3G4-NG8-CG1G2-. In some embodiments, -Ul- (U2) r-U3- is -CG3G4-N-CG2-. In some embodiments, -Ul- (U2) r-U3- is -CG3G4-N = C G8-CG1G2-.
Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 and G8 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl or aryl, or two of Gl, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are G6 taken together to form a ring that it contains a saturated, partially unsaturated or unsaturated heteroatom or carbocyclic of up to about 20-20 ring atoms that is monocyclic or polycyclic, and is fused or unfused. In some embodiments, the ring thus formed is replaced by oxo, thioxo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, or aryl residues. In some embodiments, when the ring formed by taking two<sub>161</sub> ΙΜΡΙΥ ^ γ Mexican Institute r ^ **** E¿- * e * J
DE LA PROREDAO CSw »aS * Ls £ &
INDUSTRIAL
Together G6 is substituted, is substituted by a moiety that is bulky enough to confer stereoselectivity during the reaction.
For example, in some embodiments, the ring forming by taking two of G6 together is cyclopentyl, pyrrolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or piperazinyl.
In some embodiments of the invention, the chiral reagent is a compound of Formula 3.
H — Wi W<sub>2</sub>-H
G<sup>3</sup> G<sup>2</sup>
Formula 3
In some embodiments of Formula 3, W1 and W2 are independently -NG5-, -0- or -S-; Gl, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclic, heteroaryl or aryl, or two of Gl, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are taken together to form a ring containing a heteroatom or carbocyclic saturated, partially unsaturated or unsaturated of up to about 20 ring atoms that is monocyclic or polycyclic, fused or non-fused and no more than four of Gl, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are G6. Similar to compounds of Formula 3 ', any of Gl, G2, G3, G4 or
G5 is replaced by oxo, thioxo, alkyl residues,
162
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0343.tif" />
alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl or aryl. In some modalities, said substitution induces stereoselectivity in the production of X-phosphonate.
In some embodiments of the invention, the chiral reagent has one of the following Formulas:
<td>g<sup>5</sup>-nh oh c</td><td>i<sup>5</sup>-NH SH</td><td>g<sup>5</sup>-nh hn-g °</td><td>HS OH</td><td>HO OH</td><td>HS SH</td>
<td>gCw</td><td> \ / <sub>G</sub>4 * O'G<sup>1</sup></td><td></td><td>G<sup>4</sup>* W? G<sup>1</sup></td><td>G<sup>4</sup>yí; G<sup>1</sup></td><td>Q4; | '/ Q1</td>
<td>G<sup>3</sup> G<sup>2</sup></td><td>G<sup>3</sup> G<sup>2</sup></td><td>G<sup>3</sup> G<sup>2</sup></td><td>g<sup>3</sup> g<sup>2</sup></td><td>G<sup>3</sup> G<sup>2</sup></td><td>G<sup>3</sup> G<sup>2</sup></td>
<td>Formulas</td><td>3-A 3-B</td><td>3-C</td><td>3-D</td><td>3-E</td><td>3-F</td>
<td>In</td><td>some</td><td>modalities,</td><td colspan="3">the chiral reagent is a</td>
<td colspan="2">aminoalcohol. In</td><td colspan="2">some modalities, the</td><td>reagent</td><td>chiral is</td>
an aminothiol. In still other embodiments, the chiral reagent is an aminophenol. In some embodiments, the chiral reagent is (S) - and (R) -2-methylamino-1-phenylethanol, (IR, 2S) -ephedrine, or (IR, 2S) -2-methylamino-l, 2-diphenylethanol.
In other embodiments of the invention, the chiral reagent is a compound of one of the following Formulas:
<img file="MX342945B_D0344.tif" />
Formula 0 Formula P Formula Q Formula R
The choice of chiral reagent, for example, the isomer represented by Formula O or its stereoisomer, Formula P, allows specific control of chirality in phosphorus.
Therefore, an RP or SP configuration can be selected in each synthesis cycle, allowing control of the
163
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROHEDAÜ
<img file="MX342945B_D0345.tif" />
entirety of the three-dimensional structure of the nucleic acid product. In some embodiments of the invention, a nucleic acid product has all RP stereocenters. In some embodiments of the invention, a nucleic acid product has all the SP stereo centers. In some embodiments, the RP and SP centers are screened to provide a three-dimensional superstructure specific to the nucleic acid chain.
Stereochemistry of oligonucleoside phosphorothioate linkages
<td>The</td><td>oligonucleosides</td><td>phosphorothioates</td><td colspan="2">have shown</td>
<td>potential</td><td colspan="2">therapeutic (Stein et al.,</td><td>Science</td><td> (1993),</td>
<td> 261:1004-</td><td>12; Agrawal et al.</td><td>, Antisence Res.</td><td>and Dev.</td><td> (1992),</td>
<td> 2:261-66;</td><td>Bayever et al.,</td><td>Antisense Res.</td><td>and Dev.</td><td> (1993),</td>
3: 383-390). Phosphorothioate oligonucleosides prepared without regard to phosphorothioate stereochemistry exist as a mixture of 2n diastereomers, where n is the number of phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages. The chemical and biological properties of these diastereomeric phosphorothioates can be well differentiated. For example, Wada et al (Nucleic Acids Symposium Series No. 51 p. 119-120; doi: 10.1093 / nass / nrm060) found that the duplex - (Rp) (Ups) 9U / (Ap) 9A stereodefined exhibited a higher value of Tm than the natural - (Up) 9U / (Ap) 9A and the - ( Sp) - (Ups) 9U
IMPI
164
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL stereodefined did not form a duplex. In another example, in a study by Tang et al., (Nucleosides Nucleotides (1995), 14: 985-990), it was found that Rpoligodeoxyribonucleoside phosphorothioates have a lower stability with respect to nucleases that are endogenous to human serum than oligodeoxyribonucleoside phosphorothioates. major with undefined phosphorus chirality
Nucleobases and modified nucleobases
The Ba nucleobase of Formula 1 is a natural nucleobase or a modified nucleobase derived from natural nucleobases. Examples include, but are not limited to, uracil, thymine, adenine, cytosine, and guanine, the corresponding amino groups of which are protected by protecting groups acyl, 2-fluorouracil, 2-fluorocytosine, 515 bromouracil, 5-iodouracil, 2,6-diaminopurine. , azacytosine, pyrimidine analogs, such as, pseudoisocytosine and pseudouracil, and other modified nucleobases, such as, 8-substituted purines, xanthine or hypoxanthine (the last two are the products of natural degradation). The modified nucleobases 20 described in Chiu and Rana, RNA, 2003, 9, 10341048, Limbach et al. Nucleic Acids Research, 1994, 22, 21832196 and Revankar and Rao, Comprehensive Natural Products
Chemistry, vol. 7, 313, are also considered to be Ba residues of Formula 1.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF THE FROFIEOAI) INDUSTRIAL
Compounds represented by the general formulas below are also considered modified nucleobases:
<img file="MX342945B_D0346.tif" />
In the formulas above, R8 is a linear or branched alkyl, ariio, araiquyl or aryloxy alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, including, by way of example only, a methyl, isopropyl, phenyl, benzyl or phenoxymethyl; and R9 and RIO each represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Modified nucleobases also include size-expanded nucleobases to which one or more benzene rings have been added. The nucleic base substitution described in the Glen Research catalog (www.glenresearch.com); Krueger AT et al, Acc. Chem. Res., 2007, 40, 141-150; Kool,
ET, Acc. Chem. Res., 2002, 35, 936-943; Benner SA, et al. ,
Nat. Rev. Genet., 2005, 6, 553-543; Romesberg, FE, et al. ,
Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol-, 2003, 7, 723-733; Hirao, I
Curr.
6 «MEXICAN NSTITUTE
OF PROPERTY \> w »eaá3U @ F
INDUSTRIAL
Opin. Chem. Biol., 2006, 10, 622-627, are considered useful for the synthesis of the nucleic acids described herein. Here are some examples of these expanded size nucleobases:
<img file="MX342945B_D0347.tif" />
Herein, modified nucleobases also include structures that are not considered nucleobases but are other residues, such as, non-exhaustively, rings derived from corrin or porphyrin. Porphyrin-derived base substitutions are described in MoralesRojas, H and Kool, ET, Org. Lett., 2002, 4, 4377-4380. The following is an example of a ring derived from porphyrin that can be used as a base replacement:
<img file="MX342945B_D0348.tif" />
167
Other substitutions below:
modified base nucleobases, such as those that also include
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OE LA INDUSTRIAL MOHEDAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0349.tif" />
are provided to
<img file="MX342945B_D0350.tif" />
LíWV
<img file="MX342945B_D0351.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0352.tif" />
Modified nucleobases that are fluorescent are also considered. Non-limiting examples of these base substitutions include phenanthrene, pyrene, stilbene, isoxanthine, isozantopterin, terphenyl, tertiophene, benzotertiofen, coumarin, lumazine, linked stilbene, benzo-uracil, and naphtho-uracil, as shown below:
<img file="MX342945B_D0353.tif" />
168
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0354.tif" />
Modified nucleobases may be unsubstituted or contain additional substitutions, such as, heteroatoms, alkyl groups, or linker moieties connected to fluorescent moieties, biotin or avidin moieties, or other proteins or peptides. Modified nucleobases also include certain universal bases that are not nucleobases, in the traditional sense, but function similarly to nucleobases. A representative example of such a universal base is 3-nitropyrrole.
In addition to nucleosides of structure IV or IX, other nucleosides may also be used in the process described herein, including nucleosides incorporating modified nucleobases or nucleobases covalently linked to modified sugars. Some examples of nucleosides containing modified nucleobases include 4acetylcytidine; 5- (carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uridine; 2'-0methylcytidine; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5carboxymethylaminomethyluridine; dihydride idina; 2'-0methylpseudouridine; beta, D-galactosylqueosine; 2'-0methylguanosine; N6-isopentenyladenosine; l-methyladenosine; 1methylpseudouridine; 1-methylguanosine; 1-methylinosine; 2,2dimethylguanosine; 2-methyladenosine; 2-methylguanosine; N7methylguanosine; 3-methyl-cytidine; 5-methylcytidine; N6methyladenosine; 7-methylguanosine; 5-methylaminoethyluridine; 5169
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0355.tif" />
methoxyamomethyl-2-thiouridine; beta, D-mannosylcheosine; 5methoxycarbonylmethyluridine; 5-methoxyuridine; 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenosine; N - ((9-beta, D-ribofuranosyl-2-methylthiopurine-6-yl) carbamoyl) threonine; N - ((9-beta, Dribofuranosylpurine-6-yl) -N-methylcarbamoyl) threonine;
uridine-5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester; uridine-5-oxyacetic acid (v); pseudouridine; queosine; 2-thiocytidine; 5-methyl-2-thiouridine; 2-thiouridine; 4-thiouridine; 5-methyluridine; 2'-O-methyl-5-methyluridine and 2'-0-methyluridine.
In some embodiments, nucleosides include positionally modified bicyclic nucleoside analogs.
<td> 6<sup>1</sup> that have</td><td>a</td><td>chirality</td>
<td>include</td><td>the</td><td>analogues</td>
<td>American</td><td>No.</td><td> 7,399,845</td>
(R) or (S) in the 6 'position described in the Patent
In other embodiments, nucleosides include the 5'-position modified bicyclic nucleoside analogs that have a (R) or (S) chirality at the 5 'position and include the analogs described in US Patent Application Publication No.
20070287831.
In some embodiments, the nucleobases or modified nucleobases comprise biomolecule binding residues, such as, antibodies, antibody fragments, biotin, avidin, streptavidin, receptor ligands, or chelating residues. In other modes, Ba is 5170
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0356.tif" />
bromouracil, 5-iodouracil or 2,6-diaminopurine. In other embodiments, Ba is modified by substitution for a fluorescent or biomolecule binding moiety. In some embodiments, the substituent on Ba is a fluorescent moiety. In other embodiments, the substituent on Ba is biotin or avidin.
Nucleotide / nucleoside modified sugars.
The most common naturally occurring nucleotides are ribose sugars attached to the nucleobases adenosine (A), cytosine (C), guanine (G), and thymine (T) or uracil (U). Modified nucleotides are also considered where the phosphate group or residues of modified phosphorous atoms in the nucleotides can bind to various positions of the sugar or modified sugar. As non-limiting examples, the phosphate group or the residue of the modified phosphorus atom can be attached to the 2 ', 3', 4 'or 5' hydroxyl residue of a sugar or modified sugar. Nucleotides containing the modified nucleobases described above can also be used in the process described herein. In some embodiments, nucleotides or modified nucleotides comprising an unprotected OH moiety are used in the process described herein.
In addition to the ribose moiety described in Schemes 14b, other modified sugars may also be incorporated. <sub>171</sub> IMPI ^<sup>Χ Χ</sup> MEXICAN INSTITUTE & ***
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL in the nucleic acids described herein. In some embodiments, the modified sugars contain one or more substituents at the 2 'position, including one of the following: F; CF3, CN, N3, NO, N02, O-, S- or N-alkyl; OR-,
S- or N-alkenyl; 0-, S- or N-alkynyl; or 0-alkyl-0-alkyl, O-alkyl-N-alkyl, or N-alkyl-O-alkyl where the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 10 -alkyl, and alkynyl. Examples of substitutes include, but are not limited to, O (CH2) nOCH3 and
O (CH2) nNH2, where n is from 1 to about 10, MOE, DMAOE,
DMAEOE. Also considered herein are the modified sugars described in WO 2001/088198 and Martin et al. ,
Helv. Chim. Acta, 1995, 78, 486-504. In some embodiments, the modified sugars comprise substituted silyl groups, an RNA cleavage group, a reporter group, a fluorescent tag, an intercalator, a group to enhance the pharmacokinetic properties of a nucleic acid, or a group to enhance the pharmacodynamic properties of nucleic acid and other substitutes with similar properties. Modifications may be made at the 2 ', 3', 4 ', 5' or 6 'positions of the sugar or modified sugar, including the 3' position of the sugar at the nucleotide at the 3 'end or the 5' position of the nucleotide from the 5 'end.
Modified sugars also include sugar mimetics, such as cyclobutyl residues or
IMPI
2 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE FROFIEDAD
INDUSTRIAL cyclopentyl, instead of pentofuranosyl sugar. Representative US patents describing the preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not limited to, US Patents.
No.: 4,981,957; 5,118,800; 5,319,080 and 5,359,044. Some of the modified sugars considered include:
<sup>R</sup>\^<sup>to</sup>
R<sup>3</sup> R<sup>2</sup><sup>Ri</sup>i ^<sup>I know</sup>^<sup>Ba</sup> *<sup>ι</sup>γ-γ<sup>Β3</sup><sup>R</sup>W
R<sup>3</sup> R<sup>2</sup>
R<sup>3</sup> R<sup>2</sup><sup>3nd</sup> R<sup>3</sup> R<sup>2</sup>
Q = Me, Et, z'-Pr.
Other non-limiting examples of modified sugars include glycerol, which forms glycerol nucleic acid analogs (GNA). An example of a GNA analog is provided below, which is described in Zhang, R et al., J.
Am. Chem. Soc., 2008, 130, 5846-5847; Zhang L, et al., J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 4174-4175 and Tsai CH et al. , PNAS,
2007, 14598-14603:
Τ 'o
o = p — oo
O = P-0 I
X
Bs where X is as defined herein. Another example of a GNA-derived analog, flexible nucleic acid (FNA) based on the mixture of amino acetal of formyl glycerol, is described in Joyce GF et al. , PNAS, 1987,
IMPI '
INSTITUTO MSJdCANü '
DS THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
84, 4398-4402 and Heuberger BD and Switzer C, J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
173
2008, 130, 412-413, which is provided below:
io
<img file="MX342945B_D0357.tif" />
or
Other non-limiting examples of modified sugars include hexopyranosyl sugars (6 'to 4'), pentopyranosyl 10 (4 'to 2'), pentopyranosyl (4 'to 3'), or tetrofuranosyl (3 'to
2' ) .
The hexopyranosyl sugars (6 'to 4') that are considered
<img file="MX342945B_D0358.tif" />
pentopyranosyl
Those considered sugars include:
(4 'to 2' that
<img file="MX342945B_D0359.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0360.tif" />
JWV
<img file="MX342945B_D0361.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0362.tif" />
174
The pentopyranosyl sugars (4 'consider
They consider them include:
IMPI?
MEXICAN INSTITUTE t DS THE PROPERTY '<
a 3 ') <? W<sup>TWAt</sup>I know
<img file="MX342945B_D0363.tif" />
ΛΛ / V sugars include:
tetrofuranosyl (3 'to 2' that
<img file="MX342945B_D0364.tif" />
Other modified sugars considered include:
<img file="MX342945B_D0365.tif" />
Additionally, the sugar mimetics illustrated below are considered, where X is selected from S,
Se, CH2, N-Me, N-Et or N-iPr.
175
ΙΜΡΙ @ 8 ^
MEXICAN INSTITUTE V ** -''__
OF EA PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL '^ Tatf<sup>iw</sup>> egX
<img file="MX342945B_D0366.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0367.tif" />
Sugars and modified sugar mimetics can be prepared by methods known in the art, including, but not limited to: A. Eschenmoser, Science (1999), 284: 2118; M. Bohringer (1992), 75: 1416-1477; M. Egli (2006), 128 (33): 10847-56, - A.
Synthesis: Gnosis to Prognosis,
Sniekus, Ed., (Kluwer Academic,
K.-U. Schoning et al, Science et al, Helv. Chim. Acta et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc.
Eschenmoser in Chemical
C. Chatgilialoglu and V.
Netherlands, 1996), p.293;
(2000), 290: 1347-1351; TO.
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td> 176</td><td></td><td></td>
<td>Eschenmoser</td><td>et</td><td>to the,</td><td>Helv. Chim.</td><td>Minutes</td><td> (3.992) ,</td>
<td>Hunziker et</td><td>to the,</td><td>Helv.</td><td>Chim. Minutes</td><td> (1993) ,</td><td> 76:259;</td>
<td colspan="2">Al, Helv. Chim.</td><td>Minutes</td><td colspan="2">(1993), 76: 2701; K.</td><td>Groebke</td>
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
Chim. Acta (1998), 81: 375 and A. Eschenmoser, Science (1999),
284:2118.
Blocking groups
In the described reactions, in certain modalities it is necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example, hydroxy, amino, thiol or carboxy groups, when these are desired in the final product, to avoid their undesired participation in the reactions. The protecting groups are used to block some or all of the reactive residues and to prevent the participation of these groups in chemical reactions until the protecting group is removed. In one embodiment, each protecting group is removed through a different medium. Protective groups that are cleaved under completely disparate reaction conditions meet the differential suppression requirement. In some embodiments, the protecting groups are removed by an acid, a base, and / or hydrogenolysis. Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytryl, acetal, and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and are used in certain embodiments to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with groups.
177
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0368.tif" />
Cbz, which are removed by hydrogenolysis, and / or Fmoc groups, which are base labile. In other embodiments, the reactive carboxylic acid and hydroxy acid residues are blocked with acid-labile groups, such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with acid-labile groups, such as, t-butylcarbamate or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but can be hydrolytically removed.
In another embodiment, reactive hydroxy residues are blocked with protecting groups that are hydrolytically removed, such as the benzyl group, while amine groups that can bind hydrogen by acids are blocked with base-labile groups, such as Fmoc . In another embodiment, the reactive carboxylic acid residues are protected by conversion to simple ester compounds or, in another embodiment, blocked with protective groups that are oxidatively removed, such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while amino groups Coexisting are blocked with fluoride-labile silyl or carbamate blocking groups.
Allyl blocking groups are useful in the presence of acidic and basic protecting groups since the former are stable and can be subsequently removed by metal catalysts or pi acids. For example, an allyl-blocked hydroxy group can be deprotected with a
178
<img file="MX342945B_D0369.tif" />
Pd (0) catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butylcarbamate protecting groups or base labile amine acetate. Another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate is added. While the residue is added to the resin, this functional group is blocked and cannot react. Once released from the resin, the functional group can react.
The most common blocking / protecting groups useful in the synthesis of the compounds described herein are, by way of example only:
or
<img file="MX342945B_D0370.tif" />
allyl <sup>v</sup> or
Cbi ajkn Me
B
<img file="MX342945B_D0371.tif" />
Bo <
(H<sub>3</sub>DC'
I-butyl
H, C CH,
V (H<sub>3</sub> C), C 'φτTBBMS
HjCÜ oMBn taritilo
<img file="MX342945B_D0372.tif" />
(CíHsJjC- ^
<img file="MX342945B_D0373.tif" />
Representative protecting groups useful for protecting nucleotides during synthesis include base-labile protecting groups and acid-labile protecting groups. Base labile protecting groups are used to protect exocyclic amino groups from heterocyclic nucleobases. This type of protection,
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0374.tif" />
179 <^ mm) M<sub>EXICAWO </sub>OF THE PR CINEDa or 'N £> UST »f * i generally, is achieved by acylation. Three acylation groups commonly used for this purpose benzoyl chloride, phenoxyacetic anhydride, and isobutyryl chloride. These protecting groups are stable under the reaction conditions used during nucleic acid synthesis and cleave at approximately equivalent rates during base treatment at the end of synthesis.
In some embodiments, the 5 'protecting group is trityl, monomethoxy trityl, dimethoxytryl, trimethoxytryl, 2-chlorotryl, DATE, TBTr, 9-phenylxanthine-9-yl (Pixyl), or 9 (p-methoxyphenyl) xanthine-9-yl (MOX ).
In some embodiments, thiol residues are incorporated into compounds of Formula 1, 2, 4, or 5 and protected. In some embodiments, protecting groups include, but are not limited to, pixyl, trityl, benzyl, pmethoxybenzyl (PMB), or tere-butyl (t-Bu).
Other protecting groups, plus a detailed description of the techniques applicable to creating protective groups and removing them are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3<sup>to</sup> Ed., John Wiley &
Sons, New York, NY, 1999 and Kocienski, Protective Groups,
Thieme Verlag, New York, NY, 1994, which is incorporated herein by reference for its disclosure.
180
<img file="MX342945B_D0375.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
METHODS OF USE OF NUCLEIC ACID DRUGS
WHICH INCLUDE A REST OF CHIRAL X-PHOSPHONATE
The stereodefined oligonucleotide prodrug comprising a chiral phosphorous or phosphorothioate moiety obtained by the methods of the invention is useful in a variety of areas for its application, due to a combination of stability, defined chirality, and ease of synthesis. Generally speaking, compounds synthesized by this method are useful as therapeutic products, diagnostic probes or reagents, synthetic tools to produce other oligonucleotide products, and nanostructure materials suitable for a variety of new material and computer applications.
The stereodefined oligonucleotide prodrug of the invention possesses better stability in serum compared to that of natural DNA / RNA equivalents and, in particular, the stereodefined oligonucleotide prodrug belonging to the phosphorothioate class. Furthermore, the SP isomer is more stable than the RP isomer. In some modalities, the serum stability level is modulated by introducing all SP centers or SP centers at selected positions to provide resistance to degradation. In other modalities, the introduction of the RP and / or SP stereo centers that can be
181
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
Γ <<sup>Α</sup>'· ^' Ϊ́'ιπ<sup>5</sup> selecting can provide a specific base pairing association with an endogenous or exogenous target, thereby protecting the target from metabolism or improving a particular biological reaction.
RNase H activation is also modulated by the presence of stereocontrolled phosphorothioate nucleic acid analogs, where natural DNA / RNA is more susceptible than the RP stereoisomer which, in turn, is more susceptible than the corresponding SP isomer.
Increased stability of the duplex to RNA is observed with the phosphorothioate RP oligonucleotides that have greater duplex stability than the corresponding SP oligonucleotides which, in turn, demonstrate greater stability than that of native DNA / RNA.
An increase in the stability of the duplex towards the
DNA with SP that has higher duplex stability than RP that has more stability than natural DNA / RNA. (P. Guga, Curr. Top Med. Chem., 2007, 7, 695-713).
These molecules can be useful as therapeutic agents in a variety of particular applications. They can be incorporated into oligonucleotides that also contain the standard DNA / RNA nucleosides or can be synthesized as complete sequences of the stereocontrolled oligonucleotides of the invention. Some categories of
182
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF THE INDUSTRIAL PKOMÉÜAD
<img file="MX342945B_D0376.tif" />
Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antisense oligonucleotides, antigen oligonucleotides that form a triple helix with target sequences to suppress transcription of unwanted genes and modulate protein expression and / or activity, decoy oligonucleotides, DNA vaccines , aptamers, ribozymes, deoxyribozymes (DNA enzymes or DNA enzymes), siRNA, micro
P-modified RNA, cRNA (non-coding RNA), and prodrugs. Modulation directly or indirectly involves increasing or decreasing the activity of a protein or inhibiting or promoting the expression of a protein. These nucleic acid compounds can be used to control cell proliferation, viral replication, or any other cell signaling process.
In one example, the scope of siRNA therapeutic products requires oligonucleotide species that allow greater stability against RNase activity, in order to improve the duration of action over that seen with the siRNA composed of natural nucleosides. Additionally, the formation of A-helices appears to indicate success in entering RNAi rather than the presence of specific natural elements in the oligonucleotide. Both of these requirements, which can be provided through the use of stereocontrolled oligonucleotides of
183
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTEl i
<img file="MX342945B_D0377.tif" />
OF THE PROPERTY <*> »« 2S8Í. INDUSTRIAL invention, can provide greater stability (YL Chiu,
TM Rana RNA, 2003, 9,1034-1048).
Treatment methods
The nucleic acids described herein are useful as therapeutic agents against various disease states, including their use as antiviral agents. Nucleic acids can be used as agents for the treatment of diseases through modulation of DNA and / or RNA activity. In some embodiments, nucleic acids can be used to inhibit specific gene expression. For example, nucleic acids can be complementary to a specific target messenger RNA (mRNA) sequence. They can be used to inhibit the viral replication of thousands of viruses. Examples of virus families include orthomyxovirus, poxvirus, herpesvirus, papillomavirus, picornavirus, flavivirus, retrovirus, hepatitis virus, paramyxovirus, reovirus, parvovirus, phylovirus, coronavirus, arenavirus, rhabdovirus, and adenovirus. Additional virus families are known and considered herein. Other examples include uses as antisense compounds against HIV RNA or other retroviral RNA or to hybridize to HIV mRNA encoding the tat protein or to the TAR region of HIV mRNA. In some embodiments, nucleic acids mimic the secondary structure of the TAR region of the ιμριγ ^ mRNA ^
4
MEXICAN INSTITUTE 1
D £ INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0378.tif" />
HIV and therefore bind to the tat protein. In one embodiment, nucleic acids are used to inhibit the expression of a target protein by contacting a cell with a compound of Formula 1, where the expression of other proteins in the cell is either not minimally inhibited or inhibited. In one embodiment, inhibition of the target protein occurs in vivo in a mammal. In other embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula 1 is administered to inhibit expression of a target protein.
Other examples of proteins where expression can be modulated include Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK) proteins, diacylglycerol acyltransferase I, apolipoprotein B, glucagon receptor, Aurora B, acyl CoA cholesterol acyltransferase-2, c-reactive protein, STAT (signal transducers and transcription activators) family of proteins and MDR glycoprotein P. Nucleic acids can be used to inhibit the expression of protein phosphatase IB (PTP1B), RNA polymerase dependent on viral RNA. Nucleic acids can be used to induce events such as apoptosis in cancer cells or to make a cell more susceptible to apoptosis. Nucleic acids can be used to modulate the activities of proteins. For example, they can help
185
ΙΜΡφ
INSTITUTO MEXICAN 1 DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL modulate RNase H activity directed at multi-drug resistance (MDR) RNA molecules.
In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of treating a disease mediated by unwanted gene expression in a subject (eg, mammals, such as humans) in need of such treatment. By diseases is meant diseases or symptoms of diseases. The method includes administering to the subject an effective amount of a non-racemic prooligonucleotide of the present invention.
Examples of diseases mediated by unwanted gene expression include cancer (eg, leukemia, tumors, and metastasis), allergy, asthma, obesity, inflammation (eg, inflammatory diseases, such as, inflammatory airway disease) , hypercholesterolemia, hematological disorders, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), obstructive airways disease, asthma, autoimmune diseases, retroviral diseases, such as, AIDS or HIV, other viral infections, intrauterine infections, metabolic diseases, infection (eg, bacterial, viral, yeast, fungal), CNS diseases, brain tumors, degenerative neuronal diseases, cardiovascular diseases, and diseases associated with angiogenesis, neovascularization, and vasculogenesis.
186 τ χ <η τ
<img file="MX342945B_D0379.tif" />
In an exemplary embodiment, the compounds are useful in treating cancer, including pancreatic cancer and other diseases or disorders involving abnormal cell proliferation.
Located in the upper abdomen (in the retroperitoneum), the pancreas is a dual-function gland of the digestive and endocrine systems. In some cases, the pancreas works like an endocrine gland (eg, producing several important hormones). In some cases, the pancreas works like an exocrine gland (eg, secreting fluids that contain digestive enzymes that pass into the small intestine).
Pancreatic cancer is the fourth most common cause of cancer death in the United States (after lung, colon, and breast cancer), accounting for 6% of all cancer deaths. In 2008, 37,680 new cases of pancreatic cancer will have been diagnosed in
United States, with 34,290 deaths. The disease rate increases linearly after age 50, where the only definitive risk factor is cigarette smoking (smokers are four times more likely to develop the disease than non-smokers). Invasive pancreatic cancer is practically always fatal. Collective mean survival time
IMPI
EU MEXICAN INSTITUTE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
187 fesí¿ of all patients is 4 to 6 months. The 1-year relative survival is 24%, the overall 5-year survival rate is <5%.
Pancreatic cancer is asymptomatic in its first stage and is generally undiagnosed for several months (less than a third of patients are diagnosed before the end of the 2 months after the onset of initial symptoms). In some cases, delayed diagnosis results (partially or completely) in metastasis of cancer cells in the liver or lymph nodes.
Currently, surgery (resection of the pancreas) is the main therapy and the only cure for pancreatic cancer. However, only 15 to 25% of tumors can be removed at the time of diagnosis, and only 10 to 20% of patients who undergo surgery survive more than two years. Once infiltration of the tumor has occurred and other tissues have been affected, surgery is no longer possible.
In some cases, diabetes mellitus or pancreatitis predisposes the individual to develop a proliferative disorder of a plurality of pancreatic cells. In certain cases, individuals are at increased risk of developing a proliferative disorder of a
188
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0380.tif" />
a plurality of pancreatic cells due to an inherited syndrome selected from the group consisting of hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer (CCHNP) and familial adenomatous polyposis (PAF). In some cases, individuals are at increased risk of developing a proliferative disorder of a plurality of pancreatic cells due to the mutation in a gene that is selected from the group consisting of MSH2, MSH6, MLH1, and APC.
Ideally, effective treatment for pancreatic cancer (i) should control the main tumor mass, both initially and subsequently, and (ii) treat metastatic tumor cells. Chemoprophylaxis (the administration of agents such as drugs, biologics, nutrients, and the like) slows the progression, reverses, or inhibits carcinogenesis, thereby decreasing the risk of developing an invasive or clinically significant disease.
In certain embodiments herein, a method of treating pancreatic cancer is described. As used herein, pancreatic cancer includes forms of cancer of the pancreas. In some modalities, pancreatic cancer is metastatic pancreatic cancer. In some modalities, pancreatic cancer is a carcinoma, sarcoma, cancer, or combinations of these. In some modalities, cancer
189
IMPI '
MEXICAN INSTITUTE Dt THE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0381.tif" />
Pancreatic cancer treated includes sporadic and inherited pancreatic cancers. In some modalities, pancreatic cancer is duct cell carcinoma, acinar cell carcinoma, papillary mucinous carcinoma, signet ring carcinoma, adeno-squamous carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, mucinous carcinoma, giant cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, cystic cancer , serous cystic cancer, mucinous cystic cancer, unclassified pancreatic cancer, pancreatoblastoma, or combinations thereof.
In some modalities, an individual in need of pancreatic cancer treatment has a localized tumor of the pancreas. In some modalities, an individual in need of pancreatic cancer treatment presents a biopsy without involvement of the regional lymph nodes. In some modalities, an individual who needs pancreatic cancer treatment presents a biopsy with involvement of the regional lymph nodes. In some modalities, an individual needing pancreatic cancer treatment presents with a negative nodular pancreatic tumor (eg, no nodular involvement). In some modalities, an individual in need of pancreatic cancer treatment presents with a positive nodular tumor (eg, with nodular involvement).
IMPI
190 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL ^ ¿7 * ^ lz>
In some modalities, pancreatic cancer in an individual in need of pancreatic cancer treatment metastasizes elsewhere in the body. In some modalities, pancreatic cancer metastasizes to a site selected from the group consisting of lymph nodes, stomach, bile duct, liver, bone, ovary, peritoneum, and brain.
In some embodiments, cancer cells or precancerous cells are identified through typing or histological evaluation of a tissue sample (eg, a biopsy sample). In some embodiments, cancer cells or precancerous cells are identified through the use of suitable molecular markers.
In some modalities, pancreatic cancer in an individual needing pancreatic cancer treatment is staged according to the classification system of the
American Joint Commission on Cancer (AJCC) for classification of malignant tumors (TNM), where the tumor (T) has been assigned a stage of Tx, TI, T2, T3, T4; and where the regional lymph nodes (N) have been assigned a stage of NX, NO, NI; and where distant metastases (M) have been assigned a stage of MX, M0 or MI. In some modalities, pancreatic cancer in an individual who
IMPI needs pancreatic cancer treatment is staged as
191 Stage 0, I, IA, IB, II, HA, IIB, III and IV pancreatic cancer. In some modalities, pancreatic cancer in an individual needing pancreatic cancer treatment is staged as Grade GX (eg, grade cannot be assessed), Grade 1, Grade 2, Grade 3, or Grade 4.
More specific examples of cancers that are treated with the compounds of the present invention include breast cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, colorectal cancer, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, kidney cancer, squamous cell cancer, glioblastoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, multiple myeloma, and leukemia.
Cancer evaluation and treatment
The term tumor cell antigen is defined herein as an antigen that is present in greater quantities in a tumor cell or in body fluids than in unrelated tumor cells, normal cells, or normal body fluids. The presence of antigens can be tested by any number of assays known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, negative and / or positive antibody selection, such as an ELISA assay, a radioimmunoassay, or by blotting Western.
192
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0382.tif" />
The apoptosis-inducing agent is defined herein as an agent that induces apoptosis / programmed cell death and includes, for example, anticancer agents and treatments where cells (eg, tumor cells) are induced to undergo cell death scheduled. Examples of apoptosis-inducing agents are described in more detail below.
The terms apoptosis or programmed cell death refer to the physiological process by which unwanted or unusable cells are killed during development and other normal biological processes. Apoptosis is a form of cell death that occurs under normal physiological conditions, where the cell actively participates in its own disappearance (cell suicide). It is most often found during normal cell regeneration and tissue homeostasis, embryogenesis, induction and maintenance of immune tolerance, development of the nervous system, and atrophy of dependent endocrine tissue. Cells undergoing apoptosis exhibit characteristic morphological and biochemical features. These features include chromatin aggregation, nuclear and cytoplasmic condensation, division of the cytoplasm and nucleus into membrane-bound vesicles (apoptotic bodies), which contain ribosomes, morphologically intact mitochondria, and
<img file="MX342945B_D0383.tif" />
193 ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Say THE PROPERTY nuclear material. In vivo, these apopt bodies are rapidly recognized and phagocytosed by macrophages, dendritic arteries, or adjacent epithelial cells. Due to this effective mechanism for the elimination of apoptotic cells in vivo, an inflammatory response is not elicited. In vitro, apoptotic bodies, as well as the remaining cell fragments, ultimately swell and eventually lysate. This terminal phase of in vitro cell death is called secondary necrosis. Apoptosis can be measured by methods known to those of skill in the art such as DNA fragmentation, Annexin V exposure, caspase activation, cytochrome c release, etc. A cell that has been induced to disappear is referred to herein as an apoptotic cell.
Apoptosis can also be tested using a
Standard Annexin V Apoptosis Assay: NIH: OVCAR-3 cells were grown in 6-well plates (NUNC) and irradiated or treated with an antagonist (or in combination with another anticancer drug) for 4 to 48 hours, washed and stained with Annexin V-FITC (BD-Pharmingen) for 1 hour.
Cells are analyzed by flow cytometry (Becton-Dickinson, CellQuest), counterstained with propidium iodide and analyzed again on the flow cytometer.
IMPIg
INSTITUTO MBXICANO fT * • E LA TROflEWAD
INDUSTRIAL> * l
Patients can be analyzed for symptoms at one or more multiple times, including before, during, and after treatment regimens. Treatment can result in improvement of the subject's condition and can be analyzed by determining whether one or more of the following factors have occurred:
decreased tumor size, decreased cell proliferation, decreased cell numbers, decreased neovascularization, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of tumor cells. One or more of these occurrences, in some cases, can result in partial or total elimination of the cancer and prolongation of the patient's survival. Alternatively, for end-stage cancers, treatment can result in disease stasis, a better quality of life, and / or prolonged survival.
Cell migration assay methods
Assays for cell migration have been described in the literature, eg. , Brooks, et al. , J. Clin. Invest
1997, 99: 1390-1398 and methods for measuring cell migration are known to those of skill in the art. In a method for measuring cell migration described herein, the membranes of transwell migration chambers are
195
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0384.tif" />
cover with substrate, transwells are washed, and non-specific binding sites are blocked with BSA. Tumor cells from the sub-confluent cultures are collected, washed and resuspended in migration buffer in the presence or absence of test antibodies.
After the tumor cells are allowed to migrate to the bottom of the covered transwell membranes, the cells that remain at the top of the membrane are removed and the cells that migrate to the bottom are stained with gentian violet. Then, cell migration is quantified by direct cell counts by microscopic field.
Tumor growth test methods
Tumor growth can be assayed by methods known to those skilled in the art, eg, the SCID mouse model, the hairless mouse model, and BALB / c mice with syngeneic tumors. SCID mouse models for tumor growth are performed as follows: Subconfluent human M21 melanoma cells (or any desired tumor cell type) are harvested, washed, and resuspended in sterile PBS (20 x 106 per mL). SCID mice are injected subcutaneously with 100 pL of a suspension of M21 human melanoma cells (10 6 times). Three days after
196
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL injection of tumor cells, mice are not treated or are treated intraperitoneally with an antagonist at the desired dose intervals. Mice are treated daily for 24 days. Tumor size is measured with calipers and the volume estimated using the formula V = (L x W2) / 2, where V is equivalent to volume, L is equivalent to length, and W is equivalent to width.
Alternatively, hairless mouse models, SCID mouse models, and / or BALB / c syngeneic mouse models can also be used to assess tumor growth and inhibition thereof by humanized anti-endoglin antibodies or antigen-binding fragments described herein.
Cell proliferation assay methods
Cell proliferation can be assayed by methods known to those skilled in the art. As described herein, subconfluent human endothelial cells (HUVEC) can be resuspended in a proliferation buffer containing low serum level (5%) in the presence or absence of CM (25 pL) of ECV cells o ECVL and endothelial cells are allowed to proliferate for 24 hours. Proliferation can be quantified by measuring mitochondrial dehydrogenase activity using a WST-1 assay kit (Chemicon) available from the
<img file="MX342945B_D0385.tif" />
197
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0386.tif" />
Commerce. Furthermore, as described herein, proliferation can be quantified by measuring 3H incorporation using standard methods. (She et al., Int. J.
Cancer, 108: 251-257 (2004)).
Other methods for evaluating cell proliferation are known in the art and are considered herein. Additional non-restrictive examples are described in more detail in the examples.
It is understood that the classification and staging systems described herein represent a means of evaluating the treatment of cancers described herein; additionally, other staging schemes are known in the art and can be used in connection with the methods described herein. By way of example only, the TNM classification of malignant tumors can be used as a cancer staging system to describe the extent of cancer in a patient's body. T describes the size of the tumor and if it has invaded nearby tissue, N describes the regional lymph nodes involved, and M describes distant metastases. The International Union Against Cancer (UICC) preserves the TNM and is used by the Joint Commission
American Cancer Association (AJCC) and the Federation
International Gynecology and Obstetrics (FIGO). It is understood that not all tumors have TNM classifications,
198
IMPI
INSTITUTO MÍXICANO UF LA PRORIEIJAD INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0387.tif" />
such as, for example, brain tumors. In general, T (a, is, (0), 1-4) is measured as the size or direct range of the primary tumor. N (0-3) refers to the degree of spread to regional lymph nodes: it does NOT mean that tumor cells are absent from regional lymph nodes, nor does it mean that tumor cells spread to the closest or least numerous regional lymph nodes. , N2 means that tumor cells spread in an NI to N3 range; N3 means that tumor cells spread to the most distant or numerous regional lymph nodes. M (0/1) refers to the. presence of metastases: M0 means that no distant metastases are present; ML means that metastases occurred in distant organs (beyond regional lymph nodes). Other parameters can also be evaluated. G (1-4) refers to the grade of cancer cells (that is, they are low grade if they appear similar to normal cells and high grade if they appear poorly differentiated). R (0/1/2) refers to the entirety of an operation (that is, the resection limits are free of cancer cells or not). L (0/1) refers to the invasion of the lymphatic vessels. L (0/1) refers to the invasion of the veins. C (1-4) ago
199
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO OE LA PROPIEDAD reference to a certainty modifier (quality and<sup>NOT</sup>í5gr "V
Methods to degrade are provided herein,<sup>1</sup> inhibiting the growth of or killing cancer cells, which comprise contacting the cells with an amount of a compound described herein effective to degrade, inhibit the growth of or kill cancer cells.
Methods are provided herein for inhibiting tumor size growth, reducing tumor size, reducing tumor proliferation, or preventing tumor proliferation in an individual, which comprises administering to said individual an effective amount of a compound described in herein to inhibit growth of tumor size, reduce tumor size, reduce tumor proliferation, or prevent tumor proliferation. In some cases, the treatment of tumors includes stasis of symptoms, that is, by treating the patient, the cancer does not worsen and the patient's survival is prolonged.
Patients can be evaluated for symptoms at one or more multiple times, including before, during, and after treatment regimens. Treatment can result in improvement of the subject's condition and can be assessed by determining whether
<img file="MX342945B_D0388.tif" />
200
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
<img file="MX342945B_D0389.tif" />
DELA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL produced one or more of the following events: decrease in tumor size, decrease in the proliferation of tumor cells, decrease in the number of cells, decrease in neovascularization and / or increase in apoptosis. One or more of these occurrences, in some cases, can result in partial or total elimination of the cancer and prolongation of the patient's survival. Alternatively, for end-stage cancers, treatment may result in disease stasis, better quality of life, and / or prolonged survival. Other methods of evaluating treatment are known in the art and are considered herein.
In an exemplary embodiment, the pro15 oligonucleotide compounds of the invention are administered to a subject, such as a mammal (eg, a human) suffering from a medical disorder, eg, cancer or non-malignant conditions characterized by the presence of a class of unwanted cells.
Initial outcome measures can be evaluated for patients who are treated using the methods described herein, including, for example, progression-free survival. In one modality, an evolution-free increase in survival is observed in
201
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL an amount of about 2 times, 5 times, 10 times
<td>20 times, 50</td><td>times</td><td>or more</td><td>, compared</td><td>with the</td><td>lack</td><td>of</td>
<td>treatment.</td><td colspan="2">In other</td><td>modality, a</td><td>increase</td><td>of</td><td>the</td>
<td>survival</td><td>free</td><td>of</td><td>evolution is the</td><td>increase</td><td>of</td><td>the</td>
Survival in approximately 3 months, approximately 6 months, approximately 9 months, approximately 12 months, approximately approximately months, approximately 2 years, years, approximately 4 years, approximately 5 years or more compared to the lack of treatment.
Secondary outcome measures can also be assessed, including duration of response, tumor progression relative to time, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events. For example, a treatment can prevent disease progression (i.e., stasis) or may result in improvement. Alternatively, or in addition, other targets may be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and / or increased patient compliance.
Other specific examples of diseases or disorders for which treatment by
IMPI ^
MIXICAN INSTITUTE * χ · * “ϊϊ & 3
OF THE FÜDPÍEDAD
0 2 INDUSTRIAL compounds or compositions of the invention-paia SO treatment or prevention include, but are not limited to, transplant rejection (eg, kidney, liver, heart, lung, islet cells, pancreas, bone marrow, cornea, small intestine, allografts or xenografts of the skin and other transplants), graft versus host disease, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, diabetes, diabetic retinopathy, inflammatory bowel disease (eg. , Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis and other intestinal diseases), kidney disease, cachexia, septic shock, lupus, myasthenia gravis, psoriasis, dermatitis, eczema, seborrhea,
Alzheimer's, Parkinson's disease, protection of stem cells during chemotherapy, ex vivo selection or ex vivo clearance for autologous or allogeneic bone marrow transplantation, eye disease, retinopathies (eg, macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy and other retinopathies) , corneal disease, glaucoma, infections (eg, bacterial, viral or fungal), heart disease, among others, restenosis.
RNAse L activation
The 2'-5 'oligoadenylate (2-5A) / RNase L pathway is one of the enzyme pathways induced by interferon. Rnasa L is activated after binding to the 5 'phosphorylated fragments
IMPI ^
- _ MEXICAN INSTITUTE +
03 ΓΗ THE PROPERTY í
INDUSTRIAL 2'-5 'Adenylic Acid. These fragments of 2'-5 'adenyl acid (2-5A) are produced under the control of 2'-5' oligo (A) synthetase. This pathway is part of the innate immune system and plays an important role in preventing a viral infection. 2-5A-induced cleavage of single-stranded RNA results in apoptosis. Biostable phosphorothioate analogs of 2-5A have been shown to be potent activators of Rnasa L (Xianh et al.,
Cancer Research (2003), 63: 6795-6801). In the present study, 2-5A analogues induce Rnasa L activity and cause apoptosis in cultures of advanced stage metastatic human prostate cancer cell lines.
DU145, PC3 and LNCaP.
Sustained activation of RNase L releases a mitochondrial apoptosis pathway that removes virus-infected cells as well as cancer / tumor cells. The
RNase L can inhibit fibrosarcoma growth, prostate cancer growth, colorectal cancer growth, and pancreatic cancer growth. Due to the usual role of RNase L in different cancers, it is considered that the invention described herein can be used for the treatment of any type of cancer.
Silverman, RH, Cytokine Growth Factor Rev, 18 (5-6): 381-388 (2007); Bisbal, C. and Silverman, RH, Biochimie. 89 (6-7): 789-
<img file="MX342945B_D0390.tif" />
204
INDUSTRIAL
798 (2007). By way of example, downregulation of RNase L refers to any reduction in the expression levels of the gene or genes encoding RNase.
L, silencing of the gene or genes encoding RNase L, reduction of expression / translation levels of proteins comprising RNase L, reduction of the amount of RNase L present within a cell and / or any reduction in activity of RNase L compared to a predetermined level of RNase L in a healthy population taken as an example. Alternatively, any reduction in RNase L levels, as described herein, may indicate downregulation of RNase L.
In an exemplary embodiment, the compounds described herein are useful for the treatment of diseases possessing down-regulated RNase L. In another embodiment, the disease associated with down-regulated RNase L is cancer. In additional modalities, cancer
<td>is</td><td>Cancer</td><td>pancreatic cancer</td><td>of</td><td>prostate or</td><td>Cancer</td>
<td colspan="2">20 colorectal.</td><td>Alternatively,</td><td>the</td><td colspan="2">described compounds</td>
<td>in</td><td colspan="2">these are useful for</td><td>the</td><td>treatment</td><td>of a</td>
disease that has down-regulated RNase L. In one embodiment example, the disease possessing down-regulated RNase L is chronic fatigue syndrome.
ΙΜΡΙ
205 'NSTITUTO MEXICa Ni i Dt THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL ΧζΓ'Τβ ^ Μέ.
Additional diseases possessing regulated RNase L-pwaumento are known in the art and are considered herein.
When used as a therapeutic product, the nucleic acid described herein is administered as a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleic acid comprising a chiral X-phosphonate moiety of Formula 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable inactive ingredient selected from pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous injection, oral administration, buccal administration, inhalation, nasal administration, topical administration, ophthalmic administration, or otic administration. In further embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, a dispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, ointment, lotion, eye drops, or ear drops.
206
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0391.tif" />
Pharmaceutical Compositions and Administration
In another aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a non-racemic pro-oligonucleotide mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. One skilled in the art will recognize that pharmaceutical compositions include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the non-racemic pro-oligonucleotides described above.
Compounds to increase and direct administration
The pro-oligonucleotides described herein can be administered using a variety of administration strategies, including, but not limited to, oligonucleotide conjugates with various ligands, as well as the use of nanocarriers. All nucleic acid delivery strategies are contemplated for use with the prooligonucleotides described herein. The choice between examples of administration strategies, which include, but are not limited to, chemical conjugates, lipid / liposomal cation transfer vesicles, and supramolecular nanocarriers, depend on the therapeutic context and the methods for determining the ideal administration modality are known in the technique and are considered herein.
Cell penetrating compounds (CPC)
Various compounds are known to act as carriers
207
<img file="MX342945B_D0392.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0393.tif" />
fillers, such as nucleic acids, and facilitate entry of nucleic acid into a cell in an in vivo configuration. Examples of carriers are described in Dietz et al. , Molecular & Cellular Neuroscience, 27 (2): 85-131, which is incorporated herein by this reference. The
Prototypic CPCs derived from Tat and from antennepedia transcriptional regulators have been linked by a large number of new residues. As an example, CPCs that are peptides can be relatively short polycationic peptides (9 to 30 amino acids), rich in arginine and lysine, or hydrophobic sequences that interact with the membrane. The
CPCs can be linked by recombinant DNA techniques or can be chemically coupled to peptides, oligonucleotides, or nanocarriers, thus comprising the charge of CPCs.
Cell-Directed Ligands (CTL)
Another strategy is to administer oligonucleotides using CTLs that bind with high affinity to a cell surface receptor that can undergo efficient internalization. Potential ligands include antibodies, polypeptides derived from phage display libraries, and small organic molecules. Other cell-directed ligands are known in the art or will be developed, which are considered for use with the invention described herein. Because to
208
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0394.tif" />
Often several receptors are preferentially expressed in particular cell types, this approach offers the possibility of improving the selectivity of oligonucleotide reagents. Examples of target receptors include, but are not limited to, lipoprotein receptors (such as those found in the liver), integrins, receptor tyrosine kinases, and the G protein-coupled receptor (GPCR) superfamily.
Nanocarriers
A variety of supramolecular nanocarriers can be used to deliver nucleic acids. Examples of nanocarriers include, but are not limited to, liposomes, cationic polymer complexes, and various polymers. Nucleic acid complex formation with various polycations is another approach to intracellular administration, this includes the use of PEGylated polycations, polyethylene amine (PEI) complexes, cationic block copolymers and dendrimers. Various cationic nanocarriers, including PEIs and polyamidoamine dendrimers help to release the contents of the endosomes. Other approaches include the use of polymeric nanoparticles, polymer micelles, quantum dots, and lipoplexes.
In addition to the examples of administration strategies described herein, other strategies are known.
209 I jMí Ρ I
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA NIONEDAD for the administration of nucleic acids. Nduxtrial
In therapeutic and / or diagnostic applications, ios
<img file="MX342945B_D0395.tif" />
Compounds of the invention can be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic and topical or localized administration. In general, the techniques and formulations can be found in Remington,
The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, (20<sup>to</sup> ed. 2000).
The compounds according to the invention are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages of 0.01 to
1000 mg, 0.5 to 100 mg, 1 to 50 mg per day and 5 to
100 mg per day are examples of dosages that can be used. The exact dosage will depend on the route of administration, the way in which the compound is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated and the preference and experience of the treating physician.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in general, are known to those skilled in the art and include, by way of example but not limited to, acetate, benzenesulfonate, besilate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, carbonate, carbonate, citrate , edetate, edisylate, stolate, esylate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycolilarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate,
210
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0396.tif" />
iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, mucate, napsilate, nitrate, pamoate (embonate), pantothenate, phosphate / diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate . Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in, for example, Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20<sup>to</sup> ed. 2000). Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, for example, acetate, benzoate, bromide, carbonate, citrate, gluconate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, maleate, mesylate, napsilate, pamoate (embonate), phosphate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate or tartrate.
Depending on the specific conditions being treated, such agents can be formulated in liquid or solid dosage forms and administered systemically or locally. The agents can be administered, for example, in a low-time or sustained release mode, as is known to those skilled in the art. Formulation and administration techniques can be found in Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (20<sup>to</sup> ed. 2000). Suitable routes may include oral, buccal, inhalation, sublingual, rectal, transdermal, vaginal, transmucosal, nasal, or intestinal administration; parental administration, among others,
INSTITUTO MEXICANC nt la propriedat intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injection, a<sup>l</sup>S<sup>T</sup>i<sup>,TO THE</sup>co'
211
<img file="MX342945B_D0397.tif" />
Intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraarticular, intrasternal, intrasynovial, intrahepatic, intralesional, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injection or other modes of administration.
For injection, the agents of the invention can be formulated and diluted in aqueous solutions, such as, physiologically compatible buffer solutions such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For such transmucosal administration, appropriate penetrants are used in the formulation to penetrate the barrier. In general, such penetrators are known in the art.
The use of pharmaceutically acceptable inert carriers to formulate the compounds described herein to practice the invention in dosages suitable for systemic administration is within the scope of the invention. With the proper choice of a carrier and the proper manufacturing practice, the compositions of the present invention, in particular, those formulated as solutions, can be administered parenterally, such as by intravenous injection. The compounds can be easily formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers known in the
212
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICAN,) ÍJE LA MOHEDAL) INDUSTRIAL the technique in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers allow the compounds of the invention to be formulated as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for oral ingestion by a subject (eg, patient) to be treated.
For nasal or inhalation administration, the agents of the invention may also be formulated by methods known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, examples of solubilization, dilution, or dispersion of substances, such as, saline, preservatives, such as benzyl alcohol, absorption promoters and fluorocarbons.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present invention include compositions where the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount.
<td>for</td><td>achieve your</td><td colspan="2">desired goal.</td><td>The</td><td>experts in</td><td>The technique</td>
<td>are</td><td>able</td><td>of</td><td>decide</td><td>the</td><td>quantities</td><td>effective,</td>
<td colspan="2">especially</td><td>in</td><td>view of</td><td>the</td><td>description</td><td>detailed</td>
<td colspan="3">provided in the</td><td>Present.</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>In addition to</td><td>the</td><td>ingredients</td><td colspan="3">active, these compositions</td>
Pharmaceuticals may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries that facilitate processing of the active compounds into
213
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF PROPERTY Λ *. INDUSTRIAL '' Nk.
<img file="MX342945B_D0398.tif" />
pharmaceutical usable preparations. The preparations formulated for oral administration can be in the form of tablets, dragees, capsules or solutions.
Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipients, optionally grinding a resulting mixture and processing the mixture of granules, after the addition of suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or centers of dragees. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, corn starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth gum, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and / or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone). If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as, cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
Coated dragee cores are provided. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions can be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel,
214
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE L »£ LA PkorífcUAL) INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0399.tif" />
polyethylene glycol (PEG) and / or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyes or pigments can be added to the coatings of tablets or dragees for the identification or characterization of different combinations of doses of active compounds.
Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include hard capsules made from gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made from gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The hard capsules may contain the active ingredients mixed with a filler such as lactose, binders such as starches and / or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds can be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin or liquid polyethylene glycols (PEG). In addition, stabilizers can be added.
Depending on the particular condition or disease to be treated or prevented, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent such condition may be administered in conjunction with the inhibitors of the present invention. For example, chemotherapeutic agents or other antiproliferative agents are
215
ΙΜΡΪ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE DS INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0400.tif" />
they can combine with the inhibitors of the present invoncióa.
to treat proliferative diseases and cancer. Examples of known chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, adriamycin, dexamethasone, vincristine, cyclophosphamide, fluorouracil, topotecan, taxol, interferons, and platinum derivatives.
Other examples of non-racemic pro-oligonucleotide agents of the present invention may also be combined, including, but are not limited to, anti-inflammatory agents, such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers, IL-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents, such as, cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAQ inhibitors, interferons, anticonvulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents to treat cardiovascular disease, such as beta blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents to treat liver disease, such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents to treat blood disorders such as corticosteroids,
216
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0401.tif" />
anti-leukemic agents and growth factors ·. agents to treat diabetes, such as, insulin, insulin analogs, alpha glucosidase inhibitors, biguanides, and insulin sensitizers, and agents to treat immunodeficiency disorders, such as, gamma globulin.
These additional agents can be administered separately, as part of a multiple dosing regimen, from the composition containing non-racemic prooligonucleotides. Alternatively, these agents can be part of a single dosage form, mixed with the non-racemic pro-oligonucleotide in a single composition.
The following examples and preparations further illustrate and exemplify the compounds of the present invention and the methods for preparing such compounds. It is understood that the scope of the present invention is in no way limited by the scope of the following examples and preparations.
EXAMPLES
Example 1: Synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'- The phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] is illustrated in Scheme A.
HO HN—>
, / Ο
217
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE 06 THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0402.tif" />
Scheme A
<td>TBOPao- ^ ha</td><td><sub>0</sub>nJ-O YY 0 0 BopCl</td><td></td><td>niDPBP- ^ Ha</td>
<td>Vh 'ohdbhu lt</td><td>pyridine</td><td colspan="2">OTBDPS Vf _ IT</td>
<td>'τΒΡΡ83- ^ Ha 0</td><td>you heard lt</td><td></td><td>TBOPTOyo ha</td>
<td>and L</td><td>pyridine</td><td></td><td>aW \ ^ f OTOS</td>
TIOPSO-i Λ Ba
TBDPSO-ι n Ba mcNH, 55 '0.1ΪΊ
LI pyridine or
CFrfsom
7-4-,, or
DHJ pyridine A? Y ^ οΛ>
OTB S
YOUR
8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio 5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-ll phosphonate (lt) (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). N, N '-Bis (2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BopCl;
500 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. A solution of amino alcohol (L-2) (100 mmol) is coevaporated several times with dry pyridine and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The amino alcohol solution is added to the reaction mixture drop by drop using a syringe and the mixture is stirred for min under argon. Dry 3-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine
3t using repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and dissolved in 100 mmol of pyridine. The mixture above
218 added through a cannula to the solution _ _
<img file="MX342945B_D0403.tif" />
butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine 3t in pyridine s
<img file="MX342945B_D0404.tif" />
After 5 min, N-trifluoroacetyl imidazole (CF3COIm; 200 mmol) is added. After an additional 30 s, add
N, Ν'-dimethylthiuram disulfide (DTD; 120 mmol). After an additional 3 min, the mixture is dried under vacuum. Concentrated NH3 (10 mL) is added to the residue and the mixture is heated for 12 h at 55 ° C. The mixture is then allowed to cool to room temperature and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The mixture is diluted with CHC13 (5 mL), and dried with
0.2 M phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.0, 5 mL). The aqueous layers are back extracted with CHC13 (5 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by PTLC. The product dissolves in
CHC13 (5 mL), washed with 0.2 M buffer solution
1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium bicarbonate (5 mL) and back extracted with CHC13 (5 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to provide (SP) -4tt.
Example
The synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio
6-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-¡| phosphorothioate [(SP) -4at].
butyldif enylsilyl) -deoxydenosin-3'-yl
3'-O- (terc219
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OE THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0405.tif" />
(SP) -4at is obtained from 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 6-N-benzoyl-5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) - deoxyadenosin-3'-yl phosphonate (la) instead of lt, using the reaction steps described in Example 1 and Scheme A for (SP) -4tt.
Example 3. Synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxycytidin-3'-yl 3'-O- ( tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4ct].
(SP) -4ct is obtained from 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) - deoxycytidin-3-yl phosphonate (le) instead of Lt, using the reaction steps described in Example 1 and Scheme A for (SP) -4tt.
Example 4. Synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxyguanosine-3'-ylo 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4gt].
(SP) -4gt is obtained from 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio 2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) - deoxyguanosin-3'-yl phosphonate (lg) in lt site, using the reaction steps described in Example 1 and Scheme A for (SP) IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE MORALITY, INNUMAL OF (RP) -1.8
220
Example 5. The synthesis
Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio butildif enylsilyl) thymidine-3'-ylo
<img file="MX342945B_D0406.tif" />
5'-O- (tere3'-o- (tere · butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -4tt].
(RP) -4tt is produced by the transformations described in Example 1 and Scheme A for the synthesis of (SP) -4tt using amino alcohol D-2 as a chiral reagent, instead of L-2
HO \ _ tt
D-2
Example 6. Synthesis of (RP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 6-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxydenosin-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-15-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -4at].
<td>(RP) -4at</td><td>it is produced</td><td>through</td><td>the</td><td>i transformations</td>
<td>described in the</td><td>Example 2</td><td>using</td><td>the</td><td>composed the and the</td>
<td>amino alcohol D-</td><td colspan="2">2 as a chiral reagent,</td><td>in</td><td>L-2 place.</td>
<td>Example</td><td>7. The</td><td colspan="2">synthesis</td><td>of (RP) -1,8-</td>
Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxycytidin-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [( RP) -4ct].
(RP) -4ct is produced by the transformations
221 <sup>mex,</sup>cano ° E THE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY described above in Example 3 using compound le and amino alcohol D-2 as a chiral reagent, instead of L-2.
Example 8. Synthesis of (RP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxyguanosin-3'-yl 3'-O- ( tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -4gt].
(RP) -4gt is produced by the transformations described in Example 4 above using compound lg and amino alcohol D-2 as a chiral reagent, instead of L-2.
Scheme B
<img file="MX342945B_D0407.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0408.tif" />
rtt
Example 9. Synthesis of (RP) -5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl 3'-o- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -7tt], such as it is described in Scheme B.
222
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0409.tif" />
Lt (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL). N, N'-Bis (2-oxo-3oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BopCl; 500 pmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To the mixture, a solution of aminoalcohol ((aR, 2S) -6) (100 pmol) is added, which is dried by coevaporations with dry pyridine and dissolved in dry pirdine (1 mL), dropwise by syringe, and the mixture is stirred for 5 min under argon. 3'-O- (one-third butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine is dried using repeated coevaporations with dry pirdine and dissolved in 100 pmol of pyridine. The above mixture is added via cannula to the 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine solution
3t in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 15 min, the mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is diluted with CH2C12 (5 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (5 mL, 3 times). The combined aqueous layers are back extracted with CH2C12 (5 mL, 2 times). The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to approximately 1 mL under reduced pressure. The residue is added dropwise via syringe to a 1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) solution in
CH2C12 dry (20 mL) at 0 ° C. After an additional 5 min, the mixture is diluted with dry CH2C12 (100 mL), and washed with aqueous solutions of saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL, 2 times). The
223
<img file="MX342945B_D0410.tif" />
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
PROPERTY Combined aqueous layers are back extracted with CH2C12 ^<sup>au</sup>(TEO<sup>l</sup>0 times). Combined organic layers dry — dry
Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to provide crude (RP) -7tt.
Example 10. The synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxydenosin-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) - 7at].
(RP) -7at crude is produced as described in
Example 9 using la instead of lt.
Example 11. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxycytidin-3'-ylo 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl H-phosphonate [ (RP) -7ct].
(RP) -7ct gross occurs as described in
Example 9 using le instead of lt.
Example 12. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxyguanosine-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -7gt].
(RP) -7gt gross is produced as described in
Example 9 using lg instead of lt.
Example 13. Synthesis of (SP) -5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-ylo 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5 * -yl H-phosphonate [(SP) -7tt].
(SP) -7tt gross occurs as described in
224
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF THE INDUSTRIAL EROP.
<img file="MX342945B_D0411.tif" />
Example 9 using (aS, 2R) -6 instead of (aR, 2S) -6 as a chiral reagent.
Example 14. Synthesis of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxydenosin-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-¡| H-phosphonate [(SP) -7at].
(SP) -7at gross is produced as described in
Example 9 using compound la y (aS, 2R) -6 instead of (oíR, 2S) -6 as a chiral reagent.
Example 15. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxycytidin-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP) -7ct].
(SP) -7ct gross occurs as described in
Example 9 using compound le y (aS, 2R) -6 instead of (aR, 2S) -6 as a chiral reagent.
Example 16. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5<sup>1</sup>-0 (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -deoxyguanosine-3'-ylo 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-¡| H-phosphonate [(SP) -7gt].
(SP) -7gt gross is produced as described in
Example 9 using compound lg instead of lt and compound (aS, 2R) -6 instead of compound (aR, 2S) -6 as a chiral reagent.
<img file="MX342945B_D0412.tif" />
225
UJ
Example 17. Synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) 2'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-3'-yl 2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -lOuu].
1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-3'-yl phosphonate (8u) (100 pmol) dries by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). Chloride is added
N, Ν'-Bis (2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl) phosphinic (BopCI; 500 pmol) and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To the mixture, a solution of aminoalcohol (L-2) (100 pmol) is added, which was dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and dissolved in dry pirdine (1 mL), drop by drop by
<img file="MX342945B_D0413.tif" />
2 6
Mexican ITUTO ..
'l PROPERTY X INDUSTRIAL X, syringe, and the mixture is stirred for 5 min under argon. It s
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridine 9u by means of dry coevaporations with dry pirdine and dissolved in 100 pmol of pyridine. Then the above mixture is added by solution of ', 3'-O-bis (third cannula butyldimethylsilyl) uridine 9u (100 pmol). After 10 min, N-trifluoroacetyl imidazole (CF3COIm; 200 pmol) is added. After an additional 30 s, N, N'-dimethylthiuram disulfide (DTD; 120 μτηοΐ) is added. After an additional 3 min, the mixture is dried under vacuum. To the residue, concentrated NH3-EtOH (3: 1, v / v, 10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred for 12 h and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Then the mixture is diluted with CHC13 (5 mL), and dried with 0.2 M phosphate buffer (pH 7.0, 5 mL). The aqueous layers are back extracted with CHC13 (5 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by PTLC. The product was dissolved in CHC13 (5 mL), washed with 1,820 diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 0.2 M bicarbonate buffer solution (5 mL) and back extracted with CHC13 (5 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to provide (SP) -lOuu.
Example .
Synthesis of (SP) -1,8227
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE ΠΕ LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0414.tif" />
Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 6-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-3'-ylo
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) lOau].
(SP) -lOau is produced as described in the Example using 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 6-N-benzoyl-5'O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-O - (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-3'-yl phosphonate (8a) instead of 8u.
Example 19. Synthesis of (SP) -1,810 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -2'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) cytidin-3'-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-s'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) lOcu].
(SP) -lOcu is produced as described in the Example
17 using 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5'O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) citidin-3'-yl phosphonate (8c) in 8u place.
Example 20. Synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-20 butyldiphenylsilyl) -2-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-3'-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 10Ogu].
(SP) -lOgu is produced as described in the Example
228 IMPI
MEXICAN PROPERTY INSTITUTE using 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ei ¥ W ™<sup>TO THE</sup> phenoxyacetyl-5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-3'-yl phosphonate (8g) instead of 8u.
Example 21. Synthesis of (RP) -1.85 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) 2'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-3'-yl 2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -lOuu].
(Rp) -lOuu is produced as described in Example 17 using a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Example 22. Synthesis of (RP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 6-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-3'-ylo
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 15 lOau].
(Rp) -lOau is produced as described in the Example using 8a instead of 8u and a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Example 23. Synthesis of (RP) -1,820 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) citidin-3'-ylo
2 ', 3'-0-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -
<img file="MX342945B_D0415.tif" />
lOcu].
<img file="MX342945B_D0416.tif" />
<sub>229</sub> IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA PROPIEDAD, INOUSTRIAL, (Rp) -lOcu is produced as described in the Example using 8c instead of 8u and a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Example 24. Synthesis of (RP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-3- the
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) lOgu].
(Rp) -lOgu is produced as described in the Example using 8g instead of 8u and a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Scheme D
TBBPSO
Ou XO OTBS H OHDflU f ~ \ ° ΓΛ
I ¿IJ or 0
ΒφΙΙ pyridine
TBDP9D w
OTBS 'Τγο-ινγ ,.
TB »
OTB DPS
OTB OPS pyridine na
<td>TBBPSOyJ » Q OTBS</td><td><sup>Η0</sup>γ> ^<sup>3</sup>IB »OTBS Bu</td><td>TBDPSO- ^ o ^ ja OTBS</td><td>1Ϊ TFAfCMjClj</td>
<td>OR'<sup>J</sup>'H-.</td><td>pyridine</td><td>O O'v-l n Bí λ / γ Y? V ^. · TBSO OTJS</td><td></td>
τβπρ »- ^^
H<sub>x</sub> JO OTBS
TB »OTBS
11UU
Ba
Example 25
Synthesis of (RP) -5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-3'-yl 2 ', 3'
O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -12uu].
230
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE DF. INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0417.tif" />
It is dried 8u (100 pmol) by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL). N, N'-Bis (2-oxo-3oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BopCl; 500 μτηοΐ) is added and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To the mixture, an aminoalcohol solution ((oíR, 2S) -6) (100 pmol) is added, which is dried by coevaporations with dry pyridine and dissolved in dry pirdine (1 mL), drop by syringe, and the mixture is stirred for 5 min under argon. The mixture is then added via cannula in a 9u (100 pmol) solution, which is prepared by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and pyridine solution. After 15 min, the mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is diluted with CH2C12 (5 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (5 mL 3 times). The combined aqueous layers are back extracted with CH2C12 (5 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over
Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to about 1 mL under reduced pressure. The residue is added dropwise via syringe to a solution of 1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in dry CH2C12 (20 mL) at 0 ° C. After an additional 5 min, the mixture is diluted with dry CH2C12 (100 mL), and washed with aqueous solutions of saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL 2 times). The combined aqueous layers are back extracted with CH2C12 (100 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers are
231
ΙΜΡΙ
<img file="MX342945B_D0418.tif" />
Dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to provide crude (Rp) -12uu, which is analyzed by 31P NMR.
Example 26. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-5-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-3'-ylo
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) 12au].
(RP) -12au gross occurs as described in
Example 25 using 8a instead of 8u.
Example 27. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) cytidin-3'-ylo
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -12 cu].
(RP) -12cu crude is produced as described in
Example 25 using 8c instead of 8u.
Example 28. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5'-0 (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-3'-ylo
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -12gu].
(RP) -12gu gross is produced as described in
Example 25 using 8g instead of 8u.
Example 29. Synthesis of (SP) -5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-3'-yl 2 ', 3'
232
IMPI 'NSTITUTO MEXICANO CE THE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0419.tif" />
O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-ll H-phosphonate [(SP) -12uu].
Crude (SP) -12uu is produced as described in Example 25 using a chiral reagent (aS, 2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (oIR, 2S) -6.
Example 30. Synthesis of (sP) -6-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-3'-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP) 12au].
(SP) -12au gross occurs as described in
Example 25 using 8a instead of 8u and a chiral reagent (aS,
2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (oIR, 2S) -6.
Example 31. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-5'-0- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -2'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) cytidin-3'-yl
2 ', 3'-0-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP) 15 12cu].
(SP) -12au gross occurs as described in
Example 25 using 8c instead of 8u and a chiral reagent (aS,
2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (aR, 2S) -6.
Example 32. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5'-O20 (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -2'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-3'-yl 2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl ) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP) -12gu].
(SP) -12gu gross is produced as described in
233 ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
Example 25 using 8g instead of 8u and a reagent
<img file="MX342945B_D0420.tif" />
2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (aR, 2S7-6.
Scheme E
TBDP30 or or
V_7 BBp! Lt \ 5 / V HO HN--,
ΎίΥ, Λ <'
L4
TBSO Ov<sub>p</sub>^ D HDBU * O 'h
13U pyridine pyridine <sup>Η</sup>° γ> γ<sup>Βί </sup>TBSD OR IB a
Its pyridine
CFtfom στο /
NH
BJiENHa-etoH 0: 1, «*) rt 12 I
TBQPSO
-, <sub>Λ</sub> B nao pyridine <sup>0</sup>
RATE 0TB8 1 <UU
Example
Synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-2'-yl 2 ', 3' -O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -14uu].
1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio 5'-O- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -3-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-3'-yl phosphonate (13u) (100 pmol) dries by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). N, N'-B¡s (2-oxo-3oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BopCl; 500 pmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To the mixture, a solution of aminoalcohol (L-2) (100 pmol) is added, which was dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and dissolved in dry pirdine (1 mL), dropwise by syringe, and the
234
IMPI Mexican Institute of industrial PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0421.tif" />
The mixture is stirred for 5 min under argon. 2 ', 3'-Qbis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridine 9u is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pirdine and dissolved in 100 pyridine pinol. Then the above mixture is added by cannula into the solution of 2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridine 9u (100 μπιοί). After 10 min, N-trifluoroacetyl imidazole (CF3COIm; 200 μιηοΐ) is added. After an additional 30 s, N, N'-dimethylthiuram disulfide (DTD; 12 0 μπιοί) is added. After an additional 3 min, the mixture is dried under vacuum. To the residue, concentrated NH3-EtOH (3: 1, v / v, 10 mL) is added and the mixture is stirred for 12 h and then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Then the mixture is diluted with CHC13 (5 mL), and dried with 0.2M phosphate buffer (pH 7.0, 5 mL). The aqueous layers are back extracted with CHC13 (5 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by PTLC. The product was dissolved in CHC13 (5 mL), washed with a buffer of 1,820 diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 0.2M bicarbonate (5 mL) and back extracted with CHC13 (5 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to dryness to provide (SP) -14uu.
.
Example
Synthesis of (SP) -1.8235
Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio
IMPI
MRXICANO INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
6-N-benzoyl-5'-O- (tert-
<img file="MX342945B_D0422.tif" />
butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-2-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 14au].
(SP) -14au is produced as described in the Example using 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 6-N-benzoyl-5'O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -3-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-2'-yl phosphonate (13a) instead of 13u.
Example 35. Synthesis of (SP) -l, ΒΙΟ Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -3-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) cytidin-2'-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 14cu].
(SP) -14cu is produced as described in the Example
33 using 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5'O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) citidin-2'-yl phosphonate (13c) instead of 13u.
Example 36. Synthesis of (SP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5'-O- (tert-20 butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin- 2'-yl
2 ', 3'-0-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 14gu].
(SP) -14gu is produced as described in the Example
IMPI
3 6 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Dt THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL using 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium
<img file="MX342945B_D0423.tif" />
2-Nphenoxy acetyl-5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-2'-yl phosphonate (13g) instead of 13u.
Example 37. Synthesis of (RP) -1.85 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5'-O- (tert-butyldifynylsilyl) 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-2'-yl 2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -14uu].
(Rp) -14uu is produced as described in Example 33 using a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Example 38. Synthesis of (RP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 6-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -3-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenos in-2'-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 15 14au].
(Rp) -14au is produced as described in the Example using 13a instead of 13u and a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Example 39. Synthesis of (RP) -1,820 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 4-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -3-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) citidin-2'-yl
2 ', 3'-o-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-ll phosphorothioate [(RP) 14cu].
237
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0424.tif" />
(Rp) -14cu is produced as described in the Example using 13c instead of 13u and a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Example 40. Synthesis of (RP) -1,8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanos in-2-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 14gu].
(Rp) -14gu is produced as described in the Example using 13g instead of 13u and a D-2 chiral reagent instead of an L-2 chiral reagent.
Esauema F
TBDPSO- ^ o ^ a
TBSO 0 ^ -0 HDBlh-O Ή
13u
Γ ~ λ? Γ ~ \
YlíY oo BopCI pyridine
HO HN-, «« .as) * <sup>HO</sup>I- ^<sup>to</sup>
TBSO OTBS
9u pyridine pyridine
<img file="MX342945B_D0425.tif" />
ISuu (RP) -5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert Example 41. Synthesis butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-2'-yl 2 ', 3'
O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -15uu].
of
Dried 13u (100 pmol) by coevaporation
238
IMPI
MEXICAN PROPERTY INSTALLER
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0426.tif" />
repeated with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL). N, N'-Bis (2-oxo-3oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BopCl; 500 pmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To the mixture, an aminoalcohol solution ((aR, 2S) -6) (100 pmol) is added, which is dried by coevaporations with dry pyridine and dissolved in dry pirdine (1 mL), drop by syringe, and the mixture is stirred for 5 min under argon. The mixture is then added via cannula in a 9u (100 pmol) solution, which is prepared by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and pyridine solution. After 15 min, the mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is diluted with CH2C12 (5 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (5 mL 3 times). The combined aqueous layers are back extracted with CH2C12 (5 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to approximately 1 mL under reduced pressure. The residue is added dropwise via syringe to a solution of 1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in dry CH2C12 (20 mL) at 0 ° C. After an additional 5 min, the mixture is diluted with dry CH2C12 (100 mL), and washed with aqueous solutions of saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL 2 times). The combined aqueous layers are back extracted with
CH2C12 (100 mL 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to
239
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0427.tif" />
Drying under reduced pressure to provide crude (Rp) -15uu, which is analyzed by 31P NMR.
Example 42. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenosin-2'-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) 15au].
(RP) -15au gross occurs as described in
Example 41 using 13a instead of 13u.
Example 43. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-0- (third butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) cytidin-2'-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -15 cu].
(RP) -15cu gross is produced as described in
Example 41 using 13c instead of 13u.
Example 44. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5<sup>1</sup>-0 (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-2'-ylo 2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) - 15gu].
(RP) -15gu gross is produced as described in
Example 41 using 13g instead of 13u.
Example 45. Synthesis of (SP) -5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) -3-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-2'-ylo 2 ', 3'O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP) - 15uu].
240
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0428.tif" />
Crude (SP) -15uu is produced as described in Example 41 using a chiral reagent (aS, 2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (oir, 2S) -6.
Example 46. Synthesis of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -3'-0- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) adenos in-2-yl
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP) 15au].
(SP) -15au gross occurs as described in
Example 41 using 13a instead of 13u and a chiral reagent (aS, 2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (oIR, 2S) -6.
Example 47. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-5<sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldipylsilyl) -3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) citidin-2'-ylo
2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP) 15cu].
(SP) -15cu gross is produced as described in
Example 41 using 13c instead of 13u and a chiral reagent (aS, 2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (aR, 2S) -6.
Example 48. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-5<sup>1</sup>-0 (tert-butyldif enylsilyl) -3'-O- (tert20 butyldimethylsilyl) guanosin-2'-ylo 2 ', 3'-O-bis (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) uridin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(SP ) -15gu].
Crude (SP) -15gu is produced as described in Example 41 using 13g instead of 13u and a chiral reagent
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OE THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
2S) -6.
241 (aS, 2R) -6 instead of a chiral reagent (aR,
<img file="MX342945B_D0429.tif" />
Scheme G: Synthesis of nucleic acid prodrugs of
S-acyl-2-thioethyl.
<img file="MX342945B_D0430.tif" />
NCB HO '' ''<sup>3</sup>® <sup>β</sup>Ί<sup>β</sup>Pyridine
<img file="MX342945B_D0431.tif" />
OTBS
<img file="MX342945B_D0432.tif" />
Example 49. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl nucleic acid prodrug of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16tt] as described in Scheme G .
(RP) -5 '-O- (tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidin-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-15 butyldimethylsilyl) timdin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -7tt] (100 pmol) se Dries by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolves in dry pyridine (1 mL). N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with S-acetyl-2-thioethanol (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then it is added to the
242
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF THE KF.OPIEDAP INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0433.tif" />
mix a buffer solution of ammonium acetate 0.
(2.5 mL) and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -16tt.
Example 50. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16at].
(RP) -16at gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 51. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidine-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16ct].
(RP) -16ct gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 52. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16gt].
(RP) -16gt gross is produced as described in
243
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE. -. -, ν,, Dt THE PROPERTY
Example 49 using (RP) -7gt instead of (RP) -7tt. industrial
<img file="MX342945B_D0434.tif" />
Example 53. Synthesis of pronuc leot id ~~~ of 0 "aei 1" 2 thioethyl of (SP) -timidin-3'-lo t¡midin-5'-il phosphonate [(RP) -16tt].
(SP) -16tt gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -7tt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 54. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-ylo tmidmid-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -16at].
(SP) -16at gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 55. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl tmididin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -16ct].
(SP) -16ct gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 56. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidine 5'-y phosphonate [(SP) -16gt].
Crude (SP) -16gt is produced as described in Example 49 using (SP) -7gt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 57. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -uridin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16uu].
(RP) -16uu gross occurs as described in
244
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF LA MOHEDAL)
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0435.tif" />
Example 49 using (RP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 58. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) 16au].
(RP) -16au gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 59. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl urdn-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16cu].
(RP) -16cu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -12cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 60. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl urdin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16gu].
(RP) -I6gu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 61. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-ylo urdn-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -16uu].
Crude (SP) -16uu is produced as described in Example 49 using (SP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 62. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) 16au].
(SP) -16au gross occurs as described in
245
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0436.tif" />
Example 49 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 63. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -16cu].
(SP) -16cu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 64. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -16gu].
(SP) -16gu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 65. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -urdin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -17uu].
(SP) -17uu gross occurs as described in the
Example 49 using (SP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 66. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) 17au].
(RP) -17au gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 67. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -17cu].
246
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0437.tif" />
(RP) -17cu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 68. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl H5 phosphonate [(RP) -17gu].
(RP) -17gu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 69. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -17uu].
(SP) -17uu gross occurs as described in the
Example 49 using (SP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 70. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) 17au].
(SP) -17au gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 71. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -17cu].
(SP) -17cu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 72. Synthesis of S-acyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide from (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate
247
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DELA RRORIEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0438.tif" />
[(SP) -17gu].
Crude (SP) -17gu is produced as described in Example 49 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Scheme H: Synthesis of acyloxy pronucleotides.
<img file="MX342945B_D0439.tif" />
Example 73. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -timidin-3'-ylo tim¡d¡n-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -18tt] as described in Scheme H.
(RP) -5 <sup>1</sup>-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl 3'-0 (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -7tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dried pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). It is added
N-chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with hydroxymethyl acetate, (100 pmol) in dry methylene chloride (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OE LA
INDUSTRIAL
248
<img file="MX342945B_D0440.tif" />
The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -18tt.
Example 74. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) 18at].
(RP) -18at gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (RP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 75. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-ylotymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -18ct].
(RP) -18ct gross occurs as described in
Example 73 using (RP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 76. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) 18gt].
Crude (RP) -18gt is produced as described in Example 73 using (RP) -7g instead of (RP) -7tt.
249
IMPI
INSTTnjTO MEX1CAN · OF THE INDUSTRIAL MtOPIEBAD
Example 77. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -timidin-3'-¡lot¡m¡d¡n-5'-fosf phosphonate [(SP) -18tt].
Crude (SP) -18tt is produced as described in Example 73 using (SP) -7tt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 78. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) 18at].
(SP) -18at gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 79. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin-5-yl phosphonate [(SP) 18ct].
(SP) -18ct gross occurs as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 80. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-ylo-tymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -18gt].
Crude (SP) -18gt is produced as described in Example 73 using (SP) -7gt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 81. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-3'-yl urdn-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -18uu].
Crude (RP) -18uu is produced as described in Example 73 using (RP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 82. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of
250
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE of INDUSTRIAL property (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-ylphosphonate [(RP) -18au].
(RP) -18au gross occurs as described in
Example 73 using (RP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 83. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -4 -N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -18cu].
(RP) -18cu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (RP) -12cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 84. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-¡| phosphonate [(RP) -18gu].
(RP) -18gu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (RP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 85. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -18uu].
(SP) -18uu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 86. Synthesis of acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-ylphosphonate [(SP) -18au].
Crude (SP) -18au is produced as described in Example 73 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 87. Synthesis of acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -18cu].
Crude (SP) -18cu is produced as described in Example 73 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
251 IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
Example 88. Synthesis of the pronucleotide of a¿Tí<sup>s</sup>6 ^ i (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-lo urid¡n-5'-il tostonato [(SP) 18gu].
(SP) -18gu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 89. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -19uu].
(SP) -19uu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 90. Synthesis of acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-ilphosphonate [(RP) -19au].
(RP) -19au gross occurs as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 91. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -19cu].
(RP) -19cu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 92. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl urid-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -19gu].
(RP) -19gu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 93. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -19uu].
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0441.tif" />
252 Crude (SP) -19uu is produced as described in Example 73 using (SP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 94. Synthesis of acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-ylphosphonate [(SP) -19au].
(SP) -19au gross occurs as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 95. Synthesis of acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-ylphosphonate [(SP) -19cu].
(SP) -19cu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 96. Synthesis of the acyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-S'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -19gu].
(SP) -19gu gross is produced as described in
Example 73 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Scheme I: Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotides.
<img file="MX342945B_D0442.tif" />
4tt
Et<sub>3</sub>N 3 HF
20tt <sup>3</sup>y ° ^<sup>to</sup>
Oh
Example 97. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -20tt] as described in Scheme I.
<img file="MX342945B_D0443.tif" />
(SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio 5'-O- (terc253
IMPI butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidin-3'-yl
3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry methylene chloride (1 mL). The mixture was treated with chloromethyl acetate, prepared by the method of Bodor et al. J. Org. Chem. (1983),
48: 5280, (100 pmol) in dry methylene chloride (100 pmol).
After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer of 0.1 ammonium acetate is added to the mixture.
M (2.5 mL) and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers? E were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -20tt.
Example 98. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacyloxy pronucleotide [(RP) -20at].
(RP) -20at gross is produced as described in
54 IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO OS LA PROPIEDAD
Example 97 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt. industrial
Example 99. Synthesis of pronucleotide detioacxlükl UU (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 20ct].
(RP) -20ct gross occurs as described in
Example 97 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 100. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -20gt].
(RP) -20gt gross is produced as described in
Example 97 using (RP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 101. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -20tt].
(SP) -2 0tt gross occurs as described in the
Example 97 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 102. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -20at].
(SP) -2 0at gross is produced as described in the
Example 97 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 103. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacyloxy pronucleotide [(SP) 20ct].
IMPI
CC INSTITUTO MiXICANO
3 3 OF THE INDUSTRIAL RRUF1EDAL (SP) -20ct gross is produced as described in the
Example 97 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 104. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -20gt].
(SP) -20gt gross is produced as described in the
Example 97 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 105. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -20uu].
(RP) -2 0uu gross occurs as described in
Example 97 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 106. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -20au].
Crude (RP) -20au is produced as described in Example 97 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 107. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacyloxy pronucleotide [(RP) -20cu].
(RP) -20cu gross is produced as described in
Example 97 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 108. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -20gu].
(RP) -2 0gu gross is produced as described in
IMPI
5 6 MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE «OFFICE
INDUSTRIAL
Example 97 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 109. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -20uu].
Crude (SP) -20uu is produced as described in Example 97 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 110. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -20au].
(SP) -20au gross occurs as described in
Example 97 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 111. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacyloxy pronucleotide [(SP) -20cu].
(SP) -20cu gross is produced as described in
Example 97 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 112. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -20gu].
(SP) -20gu gross is produced as described in the
Example 97 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 113. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -21uu].
(SP) -21uu gross is produced as described in
Example 97 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 114. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide from
257
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF LA RRORIEDAD
INDUSTRIAL (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-ilphosphorothioate [(RP) -21au].
Crude (RP) -21au is produced as described in Example 97 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 115. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacyloxy pronucleotide [(RP) -21cu].
Crude (RP) -21cu is produced as described in Example 97 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 116. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -21gu].
(RP) -21gu gross is produced as described in
Example 97 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 117. Synthesis of the thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -21uu].
(SP) -21uu gross is produced as described in
Example 97 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 118. Synthesis of thioacyloxy pronucleotide of (SP) -6 ~ N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -21au].
(SP) -21au gross occurs as described in
Example 97 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 119. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacyloxy pronucleotide [(SP) -21cu].
(SP) -21cu gross is produced as described in <sup>258</sup> IMPI «NIMVTOMU.CANO
Example 97 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt. industrial
Example 120. Synthesis of pronucleotide-cio tirjailWkTT of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-lo ur¡d¡n-5'-il phosphorothioate [(SP) -21gu].
Crude (SP) -21gu is produced as described in Example 97 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme J: Synthesis of carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotides. TBDPSO
MeO '
JL
TBDPSO
MeO> 0 ° 1γ ° ΐ /<sup>3</sup>
OTBS
OTBS
4tt
Et<sub>3</sub>N 3 HF here
22tt
Oh
215
Example 121. Synthesis of the 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -22tt] as described in Scheme J.
(SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidin-3'-yl
5'-0- (tert3'-O- (tert20 butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in methylene chloride Aeco (1 mL) .The mixture is treated with methyl acrylate, (100 pmol) in dry methylene chloride (100 pmol) .After 1 hour, the mixture is
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL concentrates and then dissolves in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -22tt.
Example 122. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-ylothimidin5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -22at].
(RP) -22at crude is produced as described in
Example 121 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 123. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -22ct].
Crude (RP) -22ct is produced as described in Example 121 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 124. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl
IMPI <sup>, WT</sup>™ TpM «,<sub>SPOUT</sub>
Hear the coldness
INDUSTRIAL
260
<img file="MX342945B_D0444.tif" />
thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -22gt].
(RP) -22gt gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (RP) -4g instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 125. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -22tt].
(SP) -22tt gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 126. Synthesis of 210 carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -22at].
(SP) -22at gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 127. Synthesis of 215 carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -22ct].
(SP) -22ct gross occurs as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 128. Synthesis of 220 carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -22gt].
(SP) -22gt gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 129.
carboalkoxyethyl from
22uu].
261
Synthesis of
IMPI
MEXICAN PROPERTY INSTITUTE • INDUSTRIAL crude 2 (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) (RP) -22uu pronucleotide is produced as described in
Example 121 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 130. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -2 2au].
Crude (RP) -22au is produced as described in ei Example 121 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 131. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -22cu].
(RP) -22cu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 132. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -22gu].
(RP) -22gu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 133. Synthesis of the 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 22uu].
262
ΙΜΡΙ
INSTITUTE · ICA EXICA NO OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0445.tif" />
Crude (SP) -22uu is produced as described in Example 121 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 134. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -22au].
Crude (SP) -22au is produced as described in Example 121 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 135. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -22cu].
(SP) -22cu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 136. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'15 yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -22gu].
(SP) -22gu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 137. Synthesis of the 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 20 23uu].
(SP) -23uu gross occurs as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 138. 2263 pronucleotide synthesis
ΙΜΡΪ
MIXICAN INSTITUTE
PROPERTY Oq, 2 ± ZíCPJ
INDUSTRIAL ^^ ¿^ ~ Τβλ · carboalkoxyethyl of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2 -lio uridin-T = t phosphorothioate [(RP) -23au].
Crude (RP) -23au is produced as described in Example 121 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 139. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -23cu].
(RP) -23cu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -I4cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 140. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -23gu].
(RP) -23gu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 141. Synthesis of the 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -23uu].
Crude (SP) -23uu is produced as described in Example 121 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 142. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -23au].
(SP) -23au gross occurs as described in
264
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
Example 121 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 143. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -2 3cu].
(SP) -23cu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 144. Synthesis of 2carboalkoxyethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -23gu].
(SP) -23gu gross is produced as described in
Example 121 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme K: Synthesis of disulfide pronucleotides.
<img file="MX342945B_D0446.tif" />
Example 145. Synthesis of the (RP) -thymidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -24tt] disulfide pronucleotide as described in Scheme K.
(SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio 5-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl
3'-0- (tere20
IΜ ΡI
6 5 mexican institute
FROM THE VxeevXi PROPERTY »
INDUSTRIAL «- S butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry ethanol (1 mL). The mixture is treated with diethyl disulfide (200 pmol) in dry ethanol (100 pinol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -24tt.
Example 146. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -24at] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -24at gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 147. (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -24ct] disulfide pronucleotide synthesis.
<img file="MX342945B_D0447.tif" />
266 (RP) -24ct gross occurs as declined<sup>N</sup>Pbé<sup>ilA |</sup>in '*' i & x Example 145 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4LL. <sup>1</sup> ·..
Example 148. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosine-3'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -24gt] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -24gt gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (RP) -4g instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 149. Synthesis of (SP) -timidin-3'-ylothimidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -24tt] disulfide pronucleotide.
(SP) -24tt gross occurs as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 150. Synthesis of disulfide pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidine-5'-ii phosphorothioate [(SP) -24at].
(SP) -24at gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 151. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 24ct] disulfide pronucleotide.
(SP) -24ct gross occurs as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 152. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosine-3'-yl thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -24gt] disulfide pronucleotide.
IMPIí £ 7 INSTITUTO MEXICANO 1 'DE LA PROMEDAD
INDUSTRIAL (SP) -24gt crude is produced as described in Example 145 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 153. Synthesis of the (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -24uu] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -24uu gross occurs as described in
Example 145 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 154. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-ylphosphorothioate [(RP) -24au] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -24au gross occurs as described in
Example 145 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 155. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -24cu] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -24cu gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 156. Synthesis of the (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-y | disulfide pronucleotide | phosphorothioate [(RP) 24gu].
Crude (RP) -24gu is produced as described in Example 145 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 157. Synthesis of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -24uu] disulfide pronucleotide.
Crude (SP) -24uu is produced as described in Example 145 using (SP) -IQuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 158. Synthesis of disulfide pronucleotide
268
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0448.tif" />
(SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -24au].
Crude (SP) -24au is produced as described in Example 145 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 159. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-j disulfide pronucleotide | phosphorothioate [(SP) -24 cu].
(SP) -24cu gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 160. Synthesis of disulfide pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 24gu].
(SP) -24gu gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 161. Synthesis of the (RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -2 5uu] disulfide pronucleotide.
(SP) -25uu gross occurs as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 162. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -25au] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -25au gross occurs as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 163. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-ylphosphorothioate [(RP) -25cu] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -25cu gross is produced as described<sup>one TO THE</sup>in
269
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0449.tif" />
Example 145 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 164. Synthesis of the (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 25gu] disulfide pronucleotide.
(RP) -25gu gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 165. Synthesis of the disulfide pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -25uu].
(SP) -25uu gross occurs as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 166. Synthesis of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-ylphosphorothioate [(SP) -25au] disulfide pronucleotide.
Crude (SP) -25au is produced as described in Example 145 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 167. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -25cu] disulfide pronucleotide.
Crude (SP) -25cu is produced as described in Example 145 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 168. Synthesis of disulfide pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 25gu].
(SP) -25gu gross is produced as described in
Example 145 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
270
Scheme L: Synthesis of pronucleotides of
TBDF
<img file="MX342945B_D0450.tif" />
OTBS
4tt
Example 169
MeO
<img file="MX342945B_D0451.tif" />
MeO
TMSOTf
OAc
CH<sub>2</sub>CI<sub>2</sub>
Et<sub>3</sub>N 3 HF
<img file="MX342945B_D0452.tif" />
TBDPSO-i Ba
TO
<img file="MX342945B_D0453.tif" />
OTBS
<img file="MX342945B_D0454.tif" />
Synthesis of the thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -26tt] as described in Scheme L.
3,3-Dimethoxypropyl acetate (100 pmol) is added to a solution of trimethylsilyltriflate (100 pmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) at -78 ° C. After stirring at -78 ° C for 30 min, (SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec7-enio 5'-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl 3'- was added. O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] (100 pmol) in dry methylene chloride (1 mL). The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature. After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and
ΙΛΊΡΙΟ
INSTITUTO MEXICANO the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). t? a © 's- ™ sap?
271 Combined organic was back-extracted -eow- ·· 0.1 M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -26tt.
Example 170. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -26at].
(RP) -26at crude is produced as described in
Example 169 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 171. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -26ct].
(RP) -26ct gross occurs as described in
Example 169 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 172. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -2-Nf enoxiacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -26gt].
Crude (RP) -26gt is produced as described in Example 169 using (RP) -4g instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 173. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide from
272
IΜ ΡI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
FROM PROHIEDAI »Q * ta» ÍÍÜ (SP) -timidin-3''ilo thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -26tt]. Industrial (SP) -26tt gross is produced as described in ei ~
Example 169 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 174. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -26at].
(SP) -26at gross is produced as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 175. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 26ct].
(SP) -2 6ct gross is produced as described in the
Example 169 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 176. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacetal pronucleotide [(SP) -26gt].
(SP) -26gt gross is produced as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 177. Synthesis of the thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -26uu].
(RP) -26uu gross occurs as described in
Example 169 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 178. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide from
ΙΜΡΙ
ΙΚΙ «ΥΤΙ · Τ · Ι I-WA urvir» UZ-, (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -ÍSau '}'
273
MEXICAN INSTITUTE nt ia pitntitnAn
<img file="MX342945B_D0455.tif" />
INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY (RP) -26au crude is produced as described in Example 169 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 179. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -4 -N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -26cu].
Crude (RP) -26cu is produced as described in Example 169 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 180. Synthesis of the thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 10 26gu].
(RP) -26gu gross is produced as described in
Example 169 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 181. Synthesis of the thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -2 6uu].
(SP) -26uu gross occurs as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 182. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -26au].
(SP) -26au gross occurs as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 183. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -26cu].
(SP) -26cu gross is produced as described in
I Αί ΡI
INSTITUTO MKYIí ^ánj, -.
Xk ** · .'rs-ú *.
274
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Example 169 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.<sup>OF</sup>^ dVotrml
Example 184. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacetal pronucleotide [(SP) 2 6gu].
(SP) -26gu gross is produced as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 185. Synthesis of (RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacetal pronucleotide [(RP) -27uu].
(SP) -27uu gross is produced as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 186. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -27au].
(RP) -27au gross occurs as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 187. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thioacetal pronucleotide [(RP) -27cu].
Crude (RP) -27cu is produced as described in Example 169 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 188. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (RP) -2-Nf enoxiacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 27gu].
Crude (RP) -2 7gu is produced as described in Example 169 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 189. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide from
275
IMPI MEXICAN INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY INSTITUTE (SP) -uridin-2'-yl urld¡n-5'-¡l phosphorothioate [(SP) -27uu].
(SP) -27uu gross is produced as described in | Example 169 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 190. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -27au].
(SP) -27au gross occurs as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 191. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -4 -N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -27cu].
(SP) -27cu gross is produced as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt,
Example 192. Synthesis of thioacetal pronucleotide of (SP) -2-Nf enoxiacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 27gu].
(SP) -27gu gross is produced as described in
Example 169 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme M: Synthesis of C3 ester enol pronucleotides.
TBDF
<img file="MX342945B_D0456.tif" />
OTBS
4tt
OTBS
Et<sub>3</sub>N 3 HF
<img file="MX342945B_D0457.tif" />
Oh
28tt
276
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0458.tif" />
Example 193. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(RP) -timidin-3'-yl timidin-5'-C3 | phosphorothioate [(RP) -28tt] as described in Scheme M.
To a solution of (E) -3-chloroprop-l-enyl acetate 5 (100 pmol) in DMF (1 mL) is added (SP) -1.8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5-0 - (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] (100 μτηοΐ).
After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer of 0.1 ammonium acetate is added to the mixture.
M (2.5 mL) and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -28tt.
Example 194. Synthesis of pronucleotide C3 enol ester of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -28at].
(RP) -28at crude is produced as described in
277
ΙΜΡΙ
<img file="MX342945B_D0459.tif" />
MEXICAN INSTITUTE ζΚ OF PROPERTY
Example 193 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt. industrial
Example 195. Synthesis of pronucleotide d 'elidí tíüLél L3 of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -28ct].
(RP) -28ct gross occurs as described in
Example 193 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 196. Synthesis of pronucleotide enol ester C3 of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -28gt].
(RP) -28gt gross is produced as described in
Example 193 using (RP) -4g instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 197. Synthesis of C3 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -thymidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -28tt].
(SP) -28tt gross is produced as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 198. Synthesis of C3 ester enol pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -28at].
(SP) -28at gross is produced as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 199. Synthesis of enol ester C3 enol pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -28ct].
278 IMPI, MEXICAN INSTITUTE
PROPERTY (SP) -28ct crude is produced as de'SWi'íJie Example 193 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -'Ttx;
Example 200. Synthesis of pronucleotide C3 enol ester of (SP) -2-Nf enoxiacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -28gt].
(SP) -28gt gross is produced as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 201. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -28uu].
(RP) -28uu gross occurs as described in
Example 193 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 202. Synthesis of pronucleotide enol ester C3 of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 28au].
(RP) -28au gross occurs as described in
Example 193 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 203. Synthesis of pronucleotide enol ester C3 of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -28cu].
(RP) -28cu crude is produced as described in
Example 193 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 204. Synthesis of pronucleotide C3 enol ester of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate
<img file="MX342945B_D0460.tif" />
279 [(RP) -28gu]
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE DS LA PROWEDAP INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0461.tif" />
(RP) -28gu gross is produced as s £ ».. dGag.r¡¡ be an θί ·
Example 193 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 205. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -28uu].
(SP) -28uu gross occurs as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 206. Synthesis of pronucleotide enol ester C3 of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 10 28au].
(SP) -28au gross occurs as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 207. Synthesis of C3 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -28cu].
(SP) -28cu gross is produced as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 208. Synthesis of C3 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -28gu].
(SP) -28gu gross is produced as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 209. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(RP) -uridin-2'-yl urid-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -29uu].
(SP) -29uu gross occurs as described in
280 <sup>1</sup>N 'TUTO MEXICANO'> r THE PROPERTY <V. INDUSTRIAL
Example 193 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 210. Synthesis of pronucleotide enol ester C3 of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 29au].
(RP) -29au gross occurs as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 211. Synthesis of pronucleotide enol ester C3 of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -29cu].
(RP) -29cu crude is produced as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 212. Synthesis of pronucleotide enol ester C3 of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -29gu].
(RP) -29gu gross is produced as described in
Example 193 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 213. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(SP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -29uu].
Crude (SP) -29uu is produced as described in Example 193 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 214. Synthesis of C3 ester enol pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 2 9au].
Crude (SP) -29au is produced as described in Example 193 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
<img file="MX342945B_D0462.tif" />
281 ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE PROPERTY
Example 215. Pronucleotide synthesis of 'gWSl<sup>TO THE</sup>ES1 of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate 1 (Sp; -29cuj.
Crude (SP) -29cu is produced as described in Example 193 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 216. Synthesis of C3 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -29gu].
(SP) -2 9gu gross is produced as described in the
Example 193 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme N: Synthesis of C4 ester enol pronucleotides.
<img file="MX342945B_D0463.tif" />
Example 217. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -30tt] C4 as described in Scheme N.
To a solution of (E) -4-chlorobut-l-enyl acetate (100 μπιοί) in DMF (1 mL) is added (SP) -1.8 Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enium 5'-O - (tert-butyldif-enylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl
3'-O- (tere282
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0464.tif" />
butyldimethylsilyl) thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt1 (100 pmol).
After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer of 0.1 ammonium acetate is added to the mixture.
M (2.5 mL) and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -30tt.
Example 218. Synthesis of pronucleotide of C4 enol ester of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-y phosphorothioate [(RP) -30at].
(RP) -30at gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 219. Synthesis of pronucleotide C4 enol ester of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -30ct].
(RP) -30ct crude is produced as described in
Example 217 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 220. C4 ester enol pronucleotide synthesis
283
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0465.tif" />
de (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl timirlin-S'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -30gt].
Crude (RP) -3 0gt is produced as described in Example 217 using (RP) -4g instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 221. Synthesis of pronucleotide of C4 enol ester of (SP) -timidin-3'-ylothimidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -30tt].
Crude (SP) -30tt is produced as described in Example 217 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 222. Synthesis of C4 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -30at].
(SP) -3 0at gross occurs as described in
Example 217 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 223. Synthesis of C4 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -30ct].
(SP) -30ct gross occurs as described in the
Example 217 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 224. Synthesis of pronucleotide C4 enol ester of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-ylphosphorothioate [(SP) -30gt].
(SP) -3 0gt gross occurs as described in
Example 217 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
284
Example 225. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0466.tif" />
(RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -30uu], crude (RP) -30uu is produced as described in Example 217 using (RP) -lOuu in (RP) -4tt place.
Example 226. Synthesis of C4 enol ester pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 30au].
(RP) -30au gross occurs as described in
Example 217 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 227. Synthesis of pronucleotide C4 enol ester of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -30cu].
(RP) -30cu gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 228. Synthesis of pronucleotide C4 enol ester of (RP) -2-Nf enoxiacetyl-guanosin-3-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -30gu].
(RP) -30gu gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 229. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -30uu].
Crude (SP) -3 0uu is produced as described in Example 217 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 230. C4 ester enol pronucleotide synthesis
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
DELA PROPERTY fosforot¡oám ™<sup>TO,</sup>[
285 de (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl
<img file="MX342945B_D0467.tif" />
0au].
Crude (SP) -30au is produced as described in Example 217 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 231. Synthesis of pronucleotide C4 enol ester of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -30cu].
(SP) -3Ocu gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 232. Synthesis of C4 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -30gu].
(SP) -30gu gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 233. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-S'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -31uu].
Crude (SP) -31uu is produced as described in Example 217 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 234. Synthesis of pronucleotide of C4 ester enol of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) 20 31au].
Crude (RP) -31au is produced as described in Example 217 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 235. C4 ester enol pronucleotide synthesis
286 ΙΜΡΪ'Υ<sup>5</sup>
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY OF (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RÉT- ^ Tóu] .— (RP) -3leu crude is produced as described in ei
Example 217 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 236. Synthesis of pronucleotide C4 enol ester of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -31gu].
(RP) -31gu gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 237. Synthesis of the enol ester pronucleotide
(SP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -3luu].
(SP) -3luu gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 238. Synthesis of C4 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) 15 31au].
Crude (SP) -3lau is produced as described in Example 217 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 239. Synthesis of C4 enol ester pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -31cu].
(SP) -31cu gross is produced as described in
Example 217 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 240. Synthesis of pronucleotide C4 enol ester of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl undin-5'-yl phosphorothioate
287
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0468.tif" />
(SP) -31gu].
Crude (SP) -31gu is produced as described in Example 217 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme 0: Synthesis of protected 2'-5'-A3 H-phosphonate
Scheme 46
TBSO 0v.<sub>p</sub>^ 0 KDBU * 0 'H
HO w
ιί
TBSO OTBS
<img file="MX342945B_D0469.tif" />
TFA
<img file="MX342945B_D0470.tif" />
Scheme 46 coupled with 32 (MeOC ^ i) iC
<img file="MX342945B_D0471.tif" />
0 * u
TFA
TBSO OTBS
Example 241. Synthesis of a protected 5'-0- (methoxytryl) 2'-5'-A3 H-phosphonate is illustrated in Scheme 0E1 Protected 5'-0- (Methoxytryl) compound 32 is
0 couples with 9a as described in Scheme 6, Example
41. The resulting H-phosphonate 33 undergoes deprotection of
5'-0- (methoxytryl) by treatment with 1% TFA in CH2C12 to give compound 5'-0H 34. Coupling of 34 with 32, as described in Scheme 6, Example 41, gives the
288 H-phosphonate trinucleotide 35. Group deprotection
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0472.tif" />
5'-OH with 1% TFA in CH2C12 gives the Hphosphonate trinucleotide 36.
Scheme Ob: Synthesis of a 2'-5'-A3 pronucleotide
S-acetyl-2-thioethyl
HO
TBSO
Hx<sub>p</sub>„0
T Vi or TBSO <sub>0</sub><sup>TO</sup>
US H0 '^<sup>v></sup>'<sup>SA5</sup>
TBSI
<img file="MX342945B_D0473.tif" />
o ^ -o
CHCN
TBS pyridine
Saw
0^36
<img file="MX342945B_D0474.tif" />
H — 0, 'Vi
TBSO OTBS
<img file="MX342945B_D0475.tif" />
Example 242. The synthesis of a 2'-5'A3 S-acetyl-2-thioethyl pronucleotide is illustrated in Scheme Ob.
The trinucleotide compound 5'-OH H-phosphonate 36 is converted to an S-acetyl-2-thioethyl prodrug by the method
Eldrup, as described in US 7,202,224. To 36 (1 mmol) is added lH-tetrazole (1.1 mmol) and the mixture is dried over P2O5 overnight. Acetonitrile is added to this mixture
<img file="MX342945B_D0476.tif" />
289
Dry IMP (10 mL) followed by, INQUST bis (S-acetyl-2-thioethyl) Ν, Νdiisopropylphosphoramidite (1.1 mmol) and the resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent is removed, the residue is cooled to -4 0 ° C and a solution of m-CPBA (1.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) is added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, add
NaHSO3 and the organic layer are separated and the product 37 is isolated by chromatography.
Compound 37 is converted to final product 39 following the procedure of Scheme 7, Example 49.
Compound 37 (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL), N-chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with S-acetyl-2-thioethanol (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness
290
IMPI
Mexican Institute of Industrial Property
<img file="MX342945B_D0477.tif" />
under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide 39.
Scheme P: Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl nucleic acid prodrugs.
<img file="MX342945B_D0478.tif" />
7tt
NCS
-►
CHbCN
<img file="MX342945B_D0479.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0480.tif" />
Example 243. Synthesis of prodrug of trimethylammoniomethyl nucleic acid prodrug of (RP) -timidin-3'-ylothimid¡n5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -16tt] as described in Scheme P.
(RP) -5 '-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-ylo 3'-0 (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) timdin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -7tt] (100 pmol) it is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). It is added
N-chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with 1- (2291) chloride
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE Say INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0481.tif" />
hydroxy) -ethyl-trimethylammonium (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (10 Ó pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness 10 under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -40tt.
Example 244. Synthesis of the (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(RP) -4Oat].
(RP) -40at gross is produced as described in
Example 243 using (RP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 245. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(RP) -40ct].
(RP) -40ct gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 246. Synthesis of the pronucleotide of
IMPI trimethylammoniomethyl of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-d ^^ í®uaP<sup>f ,, K</sup>®<sup>feÍ3</sup>'<sup>i</sup>
292
3'-i | o thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -40gt].
Crude (RP) -40gt is produced as described in Example 49 using (RP) -7g instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 247. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) 40tt].
(SP) -40tt gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -7tt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 248. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3 * -lo thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -4 0at].
(SP) -40at gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 249. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(SP) -4 0ct].
Crude (SP) -40ct is produced as described in Example 49 using (SP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 250. Synthesis of trimethylammonimoethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosine3'-yl thymidine-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -40gt].
(SP) -40gt gross is produced as described in the
IΜ ΡI
Example 49 using (SP) -7gt instead of (RP) -7Tí ^ K $ g SSÉ
293
Example 251.
Synthesis of
INDUSTRIAL (RP) -uridin-3'-yl urid-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(RP)
0uu].
(RP) -4 0uu gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 252. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -6-Nl-enzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'yl phosphonate [(RP) -40au].
(RP) -40au gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 253. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonoate [(RP) -40cu] trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide.
(RP) -16cu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -12cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 254. Synthesis of the (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(RP) -40gu].
(RP) -40gu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 255. Synthesis of the trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl urin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0482.tif" />
IMPI
0uu].
(SP) -40uu gross is produced as so.-DoBor-ibo · —in -eA Example 49 using (SP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 256. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -4 0au].
(SP) -40au gross occurs as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 257. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -40cu].
Crude (SP) -4Ocu is produced as described in Example 49 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 258. Synthesis of the trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -40gu].
Crude (SP) -40gu is produced as described in Example 49 using (SP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 259. Synthesis of (RP) -uridin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammonioethyl pronucleotide [(RP) 41uu].
(RP) -41uu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (RP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
IMPI MEXICAN INSTITUTE '
295
Dt INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0483.tif" />
Example 260. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(RP) -41au].
Crude (RP) -41au is produced as described in Example 49 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 261. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -4leu].
(RP) -4leu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 262. Synthesis of the (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(RP) -41gu].
(RP) -41gu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 263. Synthesis of (SP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide [(SP) 41uu].
(SP) -41uu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 264. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -41au].
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0484.tif" />
296
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL _ (SP) -41au gross is produced as described in e
Example 49 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 265. Synthesis of trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -4leu].
(SP) -41cu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 266. Synthesis of the trimethylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -41gu].
(SP) -41gu gross is produced as described in
Example 49 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Scheme Q: Synthesis of alkylhydroxamate nucleic acid prodrugs.
<img file="MX342945B_D0485.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0486.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0487.tif" />
Example 267. Synthesis of (RP) -timidin-3'-ylo thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate nucleic acid prodrug (RP) 20
297
42tt] as described in Scheme Q.
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE • E LA FROFIEDAP
INr> USTRIAl (RP) -5 '-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3-Ulo.
(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl) timdin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -7tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine 5 and then dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). It is added
N-chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with N-methoxy-Nmethyl-3-hydroxypropionamide (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 prnol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [μη linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -42tt.
Example 268. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -42at] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(RP) -42at crude is produced as described in
298
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE I> E INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0488.tif" />
Example 267 using (RP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 269. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-ylothimidin5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -4 2ct] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(RP) -42ct gross occurs as described in
Example 267 using (RP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 270. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -42gt] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(RP) -42gt gross is produced as described in
Example 267 using (RP) -7gt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 271. Synthesis of (SP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide [(SP) 15 42tt].
Crude (SP) -42tt is produced as described in Example 267 using (SP) -7tt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 272. Synthesis of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -42at] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
Crude (SP) -42at is produced as described in Example 267 using (SP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 273.
Pronucleotide synthesis of
299
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL RRORIEDAD
<img file="MX342945B_D0489.tif" />
(SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin5'-yl phosphonate alkylhydroxamate [(SP) -42ct].
(SP) -42ct gross occurs as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 274. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -42gt] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(SP) -42gt gross is produced as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -7gt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 275. Synthesis of the (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) 4 2uu] (RP) -42uu alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide occurs as described in
Example 267 using (RP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 276. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -42au] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
Crude (RP) -42au is produced as described in Example 267 using (RP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 277. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -4 2cu] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(RP) -42cu gross is produced as described in
300
Example 267 using (RP) -12cu instead of (RP) -7¿TSeTa «optoau Example 278. Synthesis of the industrial _ alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin5 ' -L phosphonate [(RP) -42gu].
(RP) -42gu gross is produced as described in
Example 267 using (RP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 279. Synthesis of the alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl urid-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) 4 2uu] (SP) -42uu crude occurs as described at
Example 267 using (SP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 280. Synthesis of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -42au] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(SP) -42au gross occurs as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 281. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-cytidin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -42cu] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(SP) -42cu gross is produced as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 282. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide<sup>301</sup> ΙΜΡΪ mexican institute
-yl phosphonate [(SP) -42gu]. "(SP) -42gu crude is produced as described ^ pn e<sup>1</sup>
Example 267 using (SP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 283. Synthesis of (RP) -uridin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) - alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide
<img file="MX342945B_D0490.tif" />
3uu] (RP) -43uu gross occurs as described in
Example 267 using (RP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 284. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -4 3au] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(RP) -43au gross occurs as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 285. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -4 3cu] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(RP) -43cu gross is produced as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 286. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -43gu] · (RP) -43gu crude alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide occurs as describes in the
Example 267 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
02
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0491.tif" />
Example 287.
alkylhydroxamate from
43uu].
Synthesis of the pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-yl ur¡din-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) (SP) -43uu crude occurs as described in 5 Example 267 using (SP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 288. Synthesis of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -43au] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(SP) -43au gross occurs as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 289. Synthesis of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -4 3cu] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(SP) -43cu gross is produced as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 290. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -43gu] alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide.
(SP) -43gu gross is produced as described in
Example 267 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
IMPI
Scheme R:
303 . , w. . .
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
Synthesis of acid prodrugs ^ PíIfMe;
acylhydroxamate.
TBDPSO γ /
<img file="MX342945B_D0492.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0493.tif" />
a / 43 HF
<img file="MX342945B_D0494.tif" />
Example 291. Synthesis of the acylhydroxamate nucleic acid prodrug of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -44tt] as described in Scheme R.
(RP) -5 '-0- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidin-3'-yl 3'-O (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) timdin-5'-yl H-phosphonate [(RP) -7tt] (100 pmol) se Dries by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolves in dry pyridine (1 mL). N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2
0 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with N-acyloxy-Nmethyl-3-hydroxypropionamide (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The
304 The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then it
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL FRORIETY
<img file="MX342945B_D0495.tif" />
Add a 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (2.5 mL) to the mixture, and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography (a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -44tt.
Example 292. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'yl phosphonate acylhydroxamate pronucleotide [(RP) -44at].
(RP) -40at gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (RP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 293. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3 '- »lo thymidin-5'yl phosphonate [(RP) -44ct].
Crude (RP) -44ct is produced as described in Example 291 using (RP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 294. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -44gt].
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO (RP) -44gt gross is produced as it is
Example 291 using (RP) -7gt instead of (RP) - ~ 7tt ~ ........ .........
Example 295. Synthesis of (SP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate acylhydroxamate pronucleotide [(SP) 5 44tt].
(SP) -44tt gross occurs as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -7tt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 296. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -44at].
(SP) -44at gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -7at instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 297. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'15 yl phosphonate [(SP) -44ct].
Crude (SP) -44ct is produced as described in Example 291 using (SP) -7ct instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 298. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'-yl thymidine-5'-yl phosphonate acylhydroxamate pronucleotide [(SP) -44gt).
(SP) -44gt crude is produced as described in Example 291 using (SP) -7gt instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 299. Synthesis of the pronucleotide of
IMPI ^
MEXICAN NSTITUTE <sup>DK LA</sup>.fí9.<sup>F</sup>2IP<sup>i</sup>?
306
OF THE
INDUSTRIAL (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate acylhydroxamate [(RP) -44uu].
Crude acylhydroxamate (RP) -44uu is produced as described in
Example 291 using (RP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 300. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-lo urid¡n-5'-¡| phosphonate [(RP) -44au].
(RP) -44au gross occurs as described in
Example 291 using (RP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 301. Synthesis of pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -44cu], crude (RP) -44cu occurs as it is described in Example 291 using (RP) -12cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 302. Synthesis of the acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -4 4gu].
Crude (RP) -40gu is produced as described in Example 291 using (RP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 303. Synthesis of the acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-S'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -44uu].
Crude (SP) -44uu is produced as described in Example 291 using (SP) -12uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 304.
Pronucleotide synthesis of
307 Wicked ^
MEXICAN INSTITUTE ““ SKStwal. SSEsM '· * (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl ur¡din-Y4r phosphonate [(SP) -44au] acylhydroxamate.
Crude (SP) -44au is produced as described in Example 291 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 305. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -44cu].
(SP) -44cu gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -12au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 306. Synthesis of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate acylhydroxamate pronucleotide [(SP) -44gu].
(SP) -44gu gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -12gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 307. Synthesis of the acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-2'-lo ur¡d¡n-5'-ylphosphonate [(RP) -45uu].
(RP) -45uu gross occurs as described in
Example 291 using (RP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 308. Synthesis of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate acylhydroxamate pronucleotide [(RP) -4 5au].
(RP) -45au gross occurs as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
<img file="MX342945B_D0496.tif" />
<sup>308</sup> IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OE THE PROPERTY
Example 309. Synthesis of pronucleóCÍQí?<sup>1</sup>*<sup>1</sup>(RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5-yl phosphonate acylhydroxamate [(RP) -45cu].
(RP) -45cu gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -15cu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 310. Synthesis of the acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2-yl urdn-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -4 5gu].
(RP) -45gu gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 311. Synthesis of the acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-yl urid-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -45uu].
(SP) -45uu gross occurs as described in the
Example 291 using (SP) -15uu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 312. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -45au].
Crude (SP) -45au is produced as described in Example 291 using (SP) -15au instead of (RP) -7tt.
Example 313. Synthesis of acylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -45cu].
(SP) -45cu gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -15cu instead of (Industrial RP
Example 314. Synthesis of the acylhydroxamate jpronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphonate [(SP) -4 5gu].
(SP) -4 5gu gross is produced as described in
Example 291 using (SP) -15gu instead of (RP) -7tt.
Scheme S: Synthesis of thiotrialkylammoniomethyl pronucleotides.
of
<img file="MX342945B_D0497.tif" />
OTES
4t <sub>and</sub>™ = SCU ^
MssN-'A 1 ^ Ss> 0 «teoyo ^
OTBS
B3N3HF
S.> 0
46tt
Oh
Example 315. Synthesis of the thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46tt] as described in Scheme S.
(SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio 5'-O- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-yl 3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [ (SP) -4tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and
310
<img file="MX342945B_D0498.tif" />
ΙΜΡΓ
MEXICAN INSTINCT «L · -from the property is then dissolved in dry methylene chloride '(' ^« lii).
The mixture is treated with vinyltrimeLilcllllUiiiij chloride, (10Uμτηοΐ) in dry methylene chloride (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -46tt.
Example 316. Synthesis of thiothialkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46at].
Crude (RP) -4 6at is produced as described in Example 315 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 317. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46ct].
(RP) -46ct gross occurs as described in
<img file="MX342945B_D0499.tif" />
311
Example 315 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) Example 318. Synthesis of prúnuclüÜLllk? ·· de.
(RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl deoxyguanosine-3'-yl thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46gt] thiothiotrialkylammoniomethyl.
(RP) -46gt gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (RP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example .319. Synthesis of thiotrialkylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -thymidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -46tt].
(SP) -4 6tt gross is produced as described in the
Example 315 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 320. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -46at].
(SP) -46at gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 321. Synthesis of thiothialkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -46ct].
(SP) -46ct gross occurs as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 322. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl312
IMPI deoxyguanosine-3'-yl tymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4 6g¿Tot<sup>or</sup>ZY "" Industrial YY (SP) -46gt crude is produced as described in Example 315 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 323. Synthesis of the 5-thiothialkylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46uu].
(RP) -46uu gross occurs as described in
Example 315 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 324. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46au].
(RP) -46au gross occurs as described in
Example 315 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 325. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46cu].
(RP) -46cu gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 326. Synthesis of the thiothialkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -46gu].
Crude (RP) -46gu is produced as described in Example 315 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
<img file="MX342945B_D0500.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY ir ^ DUSTRlAL
Example 327. Synthesis of the thiotrialkylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -46uu].
Crude (SP) -46uu is produced as described in Example 315 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 328. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -46au].
(SP) -4 6au gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -lQau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 329. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin5'-ylphosphorothioate [(SP) -46cu].
(SP) -46cu gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 330. Synthesis of the thiothialkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-Nf enoxiacetyl-guanosin-3'yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -46gu].
(SP) -46gu gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 331. Synthesis of the thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -47uu].
ΙΜΡΙ
314
INSTITUTO MSXICANO DE LA EXOntDAD INDUSTRIAL (SP) -47uu gross is produced as described in e.
Example 315 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 332. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -47au].
(RP) -4 7au gross occurs as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 333. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-ylo uridin10 5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -47cu].
(RP) -47cu gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 334. Synthesis of the thiothialkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'15 lo-uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -47gu].
Crude (RP) -47gu is produced as described in Example 315 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 335. Synthesis of the thiotrialkylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-llo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -47uu].
Crude (SP) -47uu is produced as described in Example 315 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 336.
Pronucleotide synthesis of
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO OE THE PROPERTY of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adé ¥ í? And »inur¡din-5'-¡l phosphorothioate [(SP) -47au]. '(SP) -47au gross occurs as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 337. Synthesis of thiothyalkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -47cu].
(SP) -47cu gross is produced as described in
Example 315 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 338. Synthesis of the thiothialkyl ammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -47gu].
Crude (SP) -47gu is produced as described in Example 315 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme T: Synthesis of thio Nalkylhydroxamate pronucleotides.
<img file="MX342945B_D0501.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0502.tif" />
316
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0503.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0504.tif" />
Example 33 9. Synthesis of the pronucleotide of<sup>Dus</sup>í? íb (RP) -thymidin-3'-yl thymidin-S'-yl phosphorus thioafó alkylhydroxamate<sup>1</sup> [(RP) -48tt] as described in Scheme T.
(SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio butyldiphenylsilyl) thymidine-3'-ylo
5'-O- (tert-3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry methylene chloride (1 mL) .The mixture is treated with N, O-dimethylacrylamide (100 pmol) in dry methylene chloride (100 pmol) .After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL) The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -48tt.
Example 340. Synthesis of thio Nalkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-ylo
317
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL FROEltDAD
<img file="MX342945B_D0505.tif" />
thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -48at].
(RP) -48at gross occurs as described in the
Example 339 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 341. Synthesis of thio N5 alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin5'-ylphosphorothioate [(RP) -48ct].
(RP) -48ct gross occurs as described in
Example 339 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 342. Synthesis of thio N10 alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2 ~ N-phenoxyacetyl deoxyguanosin-3'yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -48gt].
(RP) -48gt gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (RP) -4g instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 343. Synthesis of pronucleotide of thio N15 alkylhydroxamate of (SP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -48tt].
Crude (SP) -48tt is produced as described in Example 339 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 344. Synthesis of the thio N20 alkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -48at].
(SP) -48at gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
318
I jML pi
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF PROPERTY Ο »·· ™ ®,,,,. , INDUSTRIAL,.
Example 345. Synthesis of uncle pronucleotide tf (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin5'-ylphosphorothioate [(SP) -48ct] alkylhydroxamate.
Crude (SP) -48ct is produced as described in Example 339 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 346. Synthesis of thio Nalkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -48gt].
(SP) -48gt gross is produced as described in the
Example 339 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 347. Synthesis of thio Nalkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -48uu].
(RP) -48uu gross occurs as described in
Example 339 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 348. Synthesis of pronucleotide thio Naqluylhydroxamate from (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -48au].
(RP) -4 8au gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 349. Synthesis of pronucleotide of .thio Naqluylhydroxamate of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -48cu],
319
<img file="MX342945B_D0506.tif" />
(RP) -4 8cu gross is produced as
Example 339 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP)
Example 350. Synthesis of thio Naqluylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-ylo uridin5 5'-¡| phosphorothioate [(RP) -48gu].
(RP) -4 8gu gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 351. Synthesis of thio Nalkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-3'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -48uu].
(SP) -48uu gross occurs as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 352. Synthesis of pronucleotide of thio Naqluylhydroxamate of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -48au].
Crude (SP) -48au is produced as described in Example 339 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 353
Synthesis of pronucleotide of thio Naqluylhydroxamate of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -48cu].
(SP) -48cu gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 354. Synthesis of thio N (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guartt57 $ 'jTR * pronucleotide
320 aqluilhidroxamato de
5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -48gu]
IMPI
UstκΟΐΊί industíial
<img file="MX342945B_D0507.tif" />
Crude (SP) -4 8gu is produced as described in Example 339 using (SP) -lOg instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 355. Synthesis of thio Nalkylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -49uu].
(SP) -4 9uu gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 356. Synthesis of pronucleotide of thio Naqluylhydroxamate from (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -49au].
(RP) -49au gross occurs as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 357. Synthesis of pronucleotide of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'Iphosphorothioate [(RP) -49cu] thio Naqluylhydroxamate.
Crude (RP) -49cu is produced as described in Example 339 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 358. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin5'-yl phosphorothioate thio Naqluylhydroxamate pronucleotide [(RP) -4 9gu].
(RP) -49gu gross is produced as described in <sup>321</sup> IMPI ,.
'NSTITUTO MEXICANO (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -<sup>4</sup>
Synthesis of thio NE pronucleotide Example 339 using
Example 359 (SP) -uridin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -49uu] alkylhydroxamate.
(SP) -49uu gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 360. Synthesis of pronucleotide of thio Naqluylhydroxamate from (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4 9au].
(SP) -49au gross occurs as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 361. Synthesis of pronucleotide of thio Naqluylhydroxamate of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4 9cu].
(SP) -49cu gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 362. Synthesis of thio Naqluylhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4 9gu].
(SP) -49gu gross is produced as described in
Example 339 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme U: Synthesis of pronucleotide<sup>NST,</sup>^ S
322
<img file="MX342945B_D0508.tif" />
acetoxyhydroxamate.
<img file="MX342945B_D0509.tif" />
OTBS
4t
I<sup>-</sup>1
<img file="MX342945B_D0510.tif" />
OTBS
<img file="MX342945B_D0511.tif" />
I<sup>-</sup>!
B<sub>3</sub>N3HF
Ss> 0
<img file="MX342945B_D0512.tif" />
<sup>3X1</sup> Oh
Example 363. Synthesis of the thio Nacethoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -50tt] as described in Scheme U.
(SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio butildif enylsilyl) thymidin-3'-yl
5'-O- (tert3'-O- (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -4tt] (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry methylene chloride ( 1 mL) .The mixture is treated with N-methyl-N-acetoxy-acrylamide, (100 pmol) in dry methylene chloride (100 pmol) .After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL) The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a
323
IMPI
<img file="MX342945B_D0513.tif" />
INSTITUTO MEXICANO OE THE PROPERTY Ammonium Acetate Buffer 0.1 MmwolS The mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times, ·) -— faaa or combined organic ammonia were back extracted with 0.1M Ammonium Acetate Buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -50tt.
Example 364. Synthesis of uncle pronucleotide Nacetoxyhydroxamate of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-it phosphorothioate [(RP) -50at].
(RP) -50at gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (RP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 365. Synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate thio Nacethoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide [(RP) -50ct].
(RP) -50ct gross occurs as described in
Example 363 using (RP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 366. Synthesis of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosine-3'-thymidin-5-yl phosphorothioate thio Nacethoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide [(RP) -5Ogt].
(RP) -50gt gross is produced as described in
324 IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE of property
Example 363 using (RP) -4g instead of (RP) -4tt. <sup>ind</sup>ustwal Example 367. Synthesis of pronotYeotid Cler
<img file="MX342945B_D0514.tif" />
(SP) -thymidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -50tt] acetoxyhydroxamate.
(SP) -50tt gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -4tt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 368. Synthesis of thio Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-deoxyadenosin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -50at].
(SP) -50at gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -4at instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 369. Synthesis of the thio Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-deoxycytidine-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -50ct].
(SP) -50ct gross occurs as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -4ct instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 370. Synthesis of the thio Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-deoxyguanosin-3'yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -50gt].
(SP) -50gt gross is produced as described in the
Example 363 using (SP) -4gt instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 371. Synthesis of the Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate
<img file="MX342945B_D0515.tif" />
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE [(RP) -50uu]. "" Β (RP) -50uu crude is produced as described in aa
Example 363 using (RP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 372. Synthesis of pronucleotide of N5 acetoxyhydroxamate from (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -50au].
(RP) -50au gross occurs as described in
Example 363 using (RP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 373. N10 acetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide synthesis of (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -50cu].
(RP) -50cu gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (RP) -lOcu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 374. Synthesis of the N15 acetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -5Qgp].
(RP) -50gu gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (RP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 375. Synthesis of N20 acetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide from (SP) -uridin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -50uu].
(SP) -50uu gross occurs as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -lOuu instead of (RP) -4tt.
326
IMPIíá- ^ Μ
INCTIT1 ιτη. . _
Example 376.
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
Pronucleotide synthesis <sup>UST</sup>^
<img file="MX342945B_D0516.tif" />
(SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-ü phosphorothioate [(SP) -50au] acetoxyhydroxamate.
Crude (SP) -50au is produced as described in Example 363 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 377. Synthesis of Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide from (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -50cu].
(SP) -50cu gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -lOau instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 378. Synthesis of Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-3'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -50gu].
(SP) -50gu gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -lOgu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 379. Synthesis of the Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -uridin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -51uu].
Crude (SP) -51uu is produced as described in Example 363 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 380. Synthesis of Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -51au].
327
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OE INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0517.tif" />
Crude (RP) -51au is produced as described in eT Example 363 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 381. Synthesis of Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide from (RP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-2'-yl uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -5leu].
(RP) -51cu gross is produced as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 382. Synthesis of Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (RP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridin10 5'-¡| phosphorothioate [(RP) -5lgu].
Crude (RP) -51gu is produced as described in Example 363 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 383. Synthesis of the Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -uridin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -51uu].
Crude (SP) -51uu is produced as described in Example 363 using (SP) -14uu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 384. Synthesis of Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide from (SP) -6-N-benzoyl-adenosin-2'-ylo uridin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -5lau].
Crude (SP) -51au is produced as described in Example 363 using (SP) -14au instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 385. NINSTITUTO MEXICANO (SP) -4-N-benzoyl-citidin-a ^ Snu / uricft pronucleotide synthesis
328
IMPI acetoxyhydroxamate from
<img file="MX342945B_D0518.tif" />
Crude phosphorothioate [(SP) -51cu] (SP) -51cu is produced as described in
Example 363 using (SP) -14cu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Example 386. Synthesis of Nacetoxyhydroxamate pronucleotide of (SP) -2-N-phenoxyacetyl-guanosin-2'-yl uridinS'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -51gu].
Crude (SP) -51gu is produced as described in Example 363 using (SP) -14gu instead of (RP) -4tt.
Scheme V: Synthesis of thiotrialkylammoniomethyl pronucleotides.
<img file="MX342945B_D0519.tif" />
Example 387. Synthesis of the thiotrialkylammoniomethyl pronucleotide of (RP) -thymidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -53tt] as described in Scheme V.
329
IMPI (SP) -1,8-Diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-enio
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX342945B_D0520.tif" />
5X5 (dimethoxytryl) thymidine-3'-ylo 3'-O- (dimethoxytryl) thymidine-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(SP) -52tt] is prepared by the same method used for the preparation of compound 4tt in Example 1 5 (Scheme A). Compound (SP) -52tt (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry dimethylformamide (lmL). The mixture is treated with 2-iodoethyl trimethylammonium iodide (100 pmol) in dry DMF (0.5 mL). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in CH2C12 (1000 pL) and trichloroacetic acid (50 pmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -53tt.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL pronucleotides
<img file="MX342945B_D0521.tif" />
0
Scheme W: Synthesis of thiotryalkylammoniomethyl.
<img file="MX342945B_D0522.tif" />
Example 388. Synthesis of the (RP) -timidin-3'-ylo tmmdin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -54tt] disulfide pronucleotide as described in Scheme W.
Compound (SP) -52tt (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry ethanol (lmL). The mixture is treated with sulfenyl chloride p-nitrobenzene (200 pmol) in dry ethanol (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in CH2C12 (1000 pL) and trichloroacetic acid (50 pmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The layers
331
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0523.tif" />
Combined aqueouss were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP ) -54tt.
Scheme X: Synthesis of Nucleic Acid Prodrugs of
-thiopivalylethyl.
I
<img file="MX342945B_D0524.tif" />
Example 389. Synthesis of the (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphonate 2-thiopivalylethyl nucleic acid prodrug [(RP) -56tt] as described in Scheme X.
(RP) -5'-0- (dimethoxytryl) thymidine-3'-ylo 3'-O (dimethoxytryl) thymidine-5'-ylo H-phosphonate [(RP) -55tt] is prepared by the same method used for the preparation of compound 7tt in Example 8 (Scheme B). Compound (RP) -55tt (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL). N20 is added<sup>332</sup> IMPIr ^
,.,, V,, INSTITUTO MEXICANO chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) and the mixture was added «0FfitMjante2 ^ hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The mixture is treated with 2-hydroxyethylthiopivalate (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in CH2C12 (1000 pL) and trichloroacetic acid (50 pmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -56tt.
Scheme Y: Synthesis of nucleic acid prodrugs of
2-carboethoxyethyl.
DMTrO or ^ 'o
NCS
CHjCN
ODMTr
55tt
HO
OR
-TO.
pyridine
ClaCCOijH
OEt
<img file="MX342945B_D0525.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0526.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0527.tif" />
333 IΛΊ Ρ I 'N5TITUT0 MEXICANO r> E THE PROPERTY
Example 3 90. Synthesis of the prodrug of aci ^ '5<sup>K</sup>2-carboethoxyethyl huci of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidine-S'-yl phosphonate [(Kl<sup>1</sup>) —
57tt] as described in Scheme Y.
Compound (RP) -55tt (100 μτηοΐ) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL). N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The mixture is treated with ethyl 2-hydroxyethylpropionate (100 μπιοί) in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in CH2C12 (1000 pL) and trichloroacetic acid (50 pmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2Q (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -57tt.
334
Scheme Z: Synthesis of thio (cyclohexyl) acyloxy.
IMPI
INSTITUTO MFXiCANO Dt LA PKOPIFÜAD pronuc1eSCídtóte
<img file="MX342945B_D0528.tif" />
<img file="MX342945B_D0529.tif" />
Example 391. Synthesis of thio (cyclohexyl) acyloxy pronucleotide of (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thymidin-5'-yl phosphorothioate [(RP) -58tt] as described in Scheme Z.
Compound (SP) -52tt (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry methylene chloride (ImL). The mixture is treated with chloromethylcyclohexylaoetic acetate (100 pmol) in dry methylene chloride (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in CH2C12 (1000 pL) and trichloroacetic acid (50 pmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The
335
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0530.tif" />
Combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -58tt.
Scheme AA: Synthesis of 2-carboxyethyl nucleic acid prodrugs.
<img file="MX342945B_D0531.tif" />
ODMTr
CH¡ £ N
55tt
NCS
HO pyridine
OtBu
<img file="MX342945B_D0532.tif" />
CI3CCO5H
<img file="MX342945B_D0533.tif" />
Example 392. Synthesis of the nucleic acid prodrug
(RP) -timidin-3'-yl tim-din-5'-i 2-carboxyethyl! phosphonate [(RP) -59tt] 20 as described in Scheme AA.
Compound (RP) -55tt (100 prnol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL). N-chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2
IMPT
INSTlTin *. » .
336
<img file="MX342945B_D0534.tif" />
hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissu
<img file="MX342945B_D0535.tif" />
dry (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with tere-butyl 2-hydroxyethylpropionate (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in CH2C12 (1000 pL) and trichloroacetic acid (50 pmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -59tt.
Scheme BB: Synthesis of 2 - ((2-hydroxyethyl) disulfide) ethyl nucleic acid prodrugs.
tbdpso<sub>Sz</sub>^<sub>s</sub>
TBDPS
<img file="MX342945B_D0536.tif" />
OTBS
OTBS
Et<sub>3</sub>N-3HF
<img file="MX342945B_D0537.tif" />
Oh
BOtt
IMPI τι
337
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
Example 393. Synthesis of the (RP) -timidin-3'-yl thimidin-5'-yl phosphonate [(RP) -60tt] tal nucleic acid prodrug of 2 - ((2-hydroxyethyl) disulfide) ethyl as described in the Scheme
BB.
Compound (RP) -7tt (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL) - N-chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The mixture is treated with 2 - ((2- (tert-butyldiphenylsilyloxy) ethyl) disulfanyl) ethanol (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 pmol). After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in triethylamine trihydrofluoride (500 pL). The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a buffer solution of 0.1M ammonium acetate (2.5 mL) is added to the mixture and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -60tt.
338
<img file="MX342945B_D0538.tif" />
OE industrial PROPERTY
Scheme CC: Synthesis of 2- (methanesulfonothioate) ethyl nucleic acid prodrugs.
<sup>h</sup>1f £ ° c »
US
CHjCN piiidjna
<img file="MX342945B_D0539.tif" />
OOMTr
OOMTr
55tt
<img file="MX342945B_D0540.tif" />
Example 394. Synthesis of (RP) -timidin-3'-ylothimidin-5'yl phosphonate 2- (methanesulfonothioate) ethyl nucleic acid prodrug [(RP) -61tt] as described in Scheme CC.
Compound (SP) -55tt (100 pmol) is dried by repeated coevaporations with dry pyridine and then dissolved in dry pyridine (lmL). N-Chlorosuccinimide (0.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hours at 0 ° C. The mixture is concentrated and dissolved in dry pyridine (1 mL). The above mixture is treated with S-2-hydroxyethyl methanesulfonothioate (100 pmol) in dry pyridine (100 pmol).
After 1 hour, the mixture is concentrated and then dissolved in CH2C12 (1000 pL) and trichloroacetic acid (50 pmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at room temperature. Then a solution is added to the mixture
339
IMPí
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0541.tif" />
0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (2.5 mL) and the mixture is washed with Et2O (3 mL 3 times). The combined organic layers were back extracted with 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (3 mL). The combined aqueous layers were then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reversed phase column chromatography [a linear gradient of 0-10% acetonitrile in 0.1M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 7.0)] to provide (RP) -61tt.
Scheme DD: Synthesis of H-phosphonate thymidine dimer prodrug molecules
Chemoselectivity and stereospecificity of iodine-mediated oxidative couplings are known in the art using separate diastereomers of H-phosphonate and 0-nucleophilic dinucleosides to prepare phosphotriesters (Nucleosides, Nucleotides & Nucleic Acids 2003 Vol. 22, No.
5-8, 1467-1469). The products were purified by chromatography on silica gel and characterized by 31P and 1H NMR spectroscopy. The products were further purified by reverse phase HPLC for kinetic studies.
340
DD scheme
IM FI / 5Y
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0542.tif" />
133a R = 5CH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>2</sub>OTBDMS fflfa R = SO<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>3 </sub>03c R = SCO (CH<sub>3</sub>)<sub>3</sub>
64a R = SCH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>2</sub>OH 64b R = SO<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>3 </sub>64c R = SCO (CH<sub>3</sub>)<sub>3</sub>
i) I<sub>2</sub>, ACN: Py (3: 2), TBDPSCl and 2 - ((2-tere-butyldimethylsihl) oxy) ethyl) disulfanyl) ethanol for 63a; 2-hydroxyethyl methanesulfonate for 63b and 63c) 2-hydroxyethylthiopivalate üU% nr: A / nr: M
Example 395. General Procedure for the synthesis of
63a, 63b and 63c (Scheme DD)
(RP, SP) -5-0- (4,4'-dimethoxytrityl) thymidine-3'-yl 3'O- (4,4'-dimethoxytrityl) thymidine-5'-yl H-phosphonate (62) was dried (113.5 mg, 100 pmol) under high vacuum overnight and dissolved in
ACN (2 ml) and pyridine (2 ml). Tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (52 pL, 200 pmol) and 12 (76 mg, 300 pmole) were added. The reaction mixture was chilled on ice and the corresponding alkylating reagent (1 mmol) dissolved in ACN (2 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred for 10 min under argon. TLC of the crude reaction mixture showed a quantitative conversion in
341
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL EROFLITY
<img file="MX342945B_D0543.tif" />
product. Solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 5% Na2S2O3, brine and dried over Na2SO4. The ethyl acetate layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel to provide (RP, SP) -5-0- (4,4'-dimethoxytrityl) thymidin-3'-yl 3'-0- (4,4'dimethoxytrityl) thymidine- 5'-yl phosphotriester 63a, 63b and 63c in 80-90% yield.
General Procedure for the Synthesis of 64a, 64b and
64c
3% DCA / DCM was slowly added to the DMTr protected triester and the reaction allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with methanol, the solvents were evaporated, and the residue was purified on a silica column. In the case of compound 63a, the
<td>lack of protection</td><td>of</td><td>TBDMS</td><td>occurred</td><td>simultaneously.</td><td>The</td>
<td>compounds 64a,</td><td>64b</td><td>and 64c</td><td colspan="3">were obtained in yields</td>
<td>quantitative.</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>Compound</td><td>63a:</td><td>IH NMR</td><td>(400 MHz,</td><td>CDC13) δ 7.58-7.18</td><td>(m,</td>
<td>20H), 6.87-6.78</td><td>(m,</td><td>8H), 6</td><td> .49-6.27</td><td>(m, 2H), 5.11-5.07</td><td>(m,</td>
IH), 4.2-4.05 (m, 3H), 3.99-3.87 (m, IH), 3.85-3.73 (m, 13H),
3.73-3.56 (m, IH), 3.54-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.66 (m, 8H),
1.97-l, 78 (m, 4H), 1.76-1.54 (m, IH), 1.43-1.3 (m, 3H), 0.940.78 (m, 9H), 0.11-0.03 (m, 6H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, CDC13) δ 20
342
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF THE INDUSTRIAL PAOPIfeDAP
1.19, -1.26 (two diastereomers).
Compound 63b: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13 + trace amount of Py-D5) δ 9.72-9.45 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.18 (m, 20H), 6.90-6.81 (m, 8H), 6.48-6.31 ( m, 2H), 5.18-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.OS (m,
3H), 4.03-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.74 (m, 15H), 3.74-3.62 (m,
1H), 3.54-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.67-2.31 (m, 2H),
1.98-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.88, 1.85 (2s, 3H, diastereomers), 1.761.64 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 3H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.24, -1.27 (two diastereomers).
Compound 63c: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13 + trace amount of Py-D5) δ 7.6-7.16 (m, 20H), 6.9-6.77 (m, 8H), 6.49-6.27 (m, 2H), 5.18-5.06 ( m, 1H), 4.32-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.0-3.85 (m
3H), 3.82-3.71 (m, 12H), 3.71-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.27 (m,
2H), 3.07-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.24 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.89 (m, 1H),
1.89-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.78-1.59 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.32 (m, 3H),
1.22-1.14 (m, 9H). 31P NMR (162 MHz, CDC13) δ -1.23, -1.27 (two diastereomers).
<img file="MX342945B_D0544.tif" />
<td></td><td>Compound</td><td>64a:</td><td>1H NMR</td><td>(400 MHz,</td><td>D20) δ</td><td>7.52 (s,</td><td>1 HOUR) ,</td>
<td> 7.42</td><td>(s, 1H), 6.</td><td> ,28-6.1</td><td>37 (m,</td><td>2H), 5.07-4.</td><td>, 87 (m,</td><td>1H), 4.54-</td><td> 4.38</td>
<td>(m,</td><td>1H), 4.37-4</td><td>. 19 (m</td><td>, 3H),</td><td> 4.19-3.95 (</td><td>m, 2H),</td><td> 3.80-3.50</td><td>(m,</td>
<td>4H),</td><td> 2.99-2.62</td><td>(2m,</td><td>4H), 2</td><td>.60-2.17 (m</td><td>, 4H),</td><td> 1.85-1.60</td><td>(m,</td>
<td>6H).</td><td>31P NMR</td><td> (162</td><td>MHz,</td><td>CD3OD) δ</td><td> -1,37,</td><td> -1,41</td><td>(two</td>
<td colspan="2">diastereomers).</td><td>Mass</td><td colspan="3">calculated = 682.66, mass</td><td colspan="2">. observed in</td>
ESI-ve mode
681.22
IMPI
MEX'C INSTITUTE / \ NO OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0545.tif" />
Compound 64b: 1H NMR (400 MHz, ΓΤΠΟΠ) δ 7.74. 7.49
<td>(2s,</td><td>2H), 6.28-6.19 (m,</td><td>2H</td><td>), 5.10-5.04 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.23</td><td>(m,</td>
<td>4H),</td><td>4.19-4.15 (m, 1H),</td><td> 4 .'</td><td>04-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.69 (m,</td><td>4H),</td>
<td> 3.00</td><td>-2.77 (m, 4H), 2.55</td><td> >-2</td><td>.21 (m, 4H), 1.86, 1.83 (2s,</td><td>6H).</td>
<td>5 31P</td><td>NMR (162 MHz, CD3OD)</td><td>δ</td><td colspan="2">-1.37, -1.41 (two diastereomers).</td>
<td>Mass</td><td colspan="2">calculated = 684.63,</td><td colspan="2">mass observed in ESI mode + ve =</td>
<td> 683 .</td><td> 14</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>Compound 64c: 1H</td><td colspan="2">NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7,799 (s,</td><td>1 HOUR) ,</td>
<td> 7.54</td><td>(s, 1H), 6.32-6.24</td><td>(m</td><td>, 2H), 5.17-5.07 (m, 1H), 4.48-</td><td> 4.26</td>
<td>10 (m,</td><td>3H), 4.26-4.12 (m,;</td><td>3H)</td><td>, 4.08-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.15</td><td>(m,</td>
<td>2H),</td><td>2.61-2.48 (m, 1H),</td><td> 2 .</td><td>46-2.16 (m, 3H), 1.9 (s, 3H),</td><td> 1.87</td>
<td>(s,</td><td>3H), 1.27-1.19 (d,</td><td>9H</td><td>). 31P NMR (162 MHz, CD3OD)</td><td>δ -</td>
1.53, -1.60 (two diastereomers). Calculated mass = 690.66, mass observed in ESI-ve mode = 689.53
64a, 64b and 64c HPLC purification
Reverse phase purification was performed using
Waters 2525 BGM combined with a 2487 UV detector, Phenomenex Luna 5u C18 (2) 100Á, 250x10 mm column and MassLynx v4.1. A gradient of water and acetonitrile was used with a flow rate of 5ml / min.
Gradient used for compound 64a and 64b: 10 to 50% B in 30 min
Gradient used for compound 64c: 20 to 60% B in 30 min
IMPI ^
4 4 MEXICAN INSTITUTE FC- » <sup>J</sup> OF THE PROPERTY Cm industrial ^ m,
The peaks of the product were controlled at 254 and 280 nm.
Analytical HPLC conditions
Quantitative analysis was performed by reverse phase HPLC using an automated Alliance Waters e26 95 HPLC instrument in combination with Empower software. An XBridge C18 3.5um, 4.6xl50mm, Waters part # 186003034A was adjusted and detection was performed by UV (254nm and 280nm). A gradient elution system was developed (Table 1) enabling resolution of prodrug, intermediate, and drug released within the same chromatogram; mobile phase A consists of 20 mM ammonium acetate in water; the mobile phase was acetonitrile.
Table 1
Column temperature: 60 ° C
<td>Weather</td><td>Flow</td><td>% of A</td><td>% of B</td><td>Curve</td>
<td> 0.01</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td></td>
<td> 5.00</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td> 1</td>
<td> 30.00</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 75.0</td><td> 25.0</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 30.50</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 10.0</td><td> 90.0</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 35.00</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 10.0</td><td> 90.0</td><td> 1</td>
<td> 35.50</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 42.00</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td> 1</td>
Example 396. Glutathione Assisted Prodrug Release
At 20 pL of 64 in water (2 OD), 100 pL of
<img file="MX342945B_D0546.tif" />
Mexican Institute of Industrial Property
345
10Χ PBS and 630 pL of H20. The mixture was kept on a hot plate at 37 ° C. 250 pL of 20 mM of recently prepared reduced L-glutathione was added to the above mixture which gave 5 mM of GSH concentration in the reaction mixture which is equal to the concentration of cytosol. 100 pl of aliquots were taken at time intervals of 10 min, 20 min, 30 min, min, 50 min, 60 min, 1.5 hr, 2 hr and 2.5 hr. Each aliquot was immediately quenched with 4 00 µl of 100 mM citrate buffer (pH 4) and analyzed by reverse phase HPLC and LC / MS. |
Scheme EE: Glutathione cleavage mechanism
<img file="MX342945B_D0547.tif" />
(Sp + Hri
6 <ta, R = 5Qi, Oi, OH 64b, R = 5O, CH¡
<img file="MX342945B_D0548.tif" />
(Sp + Rp) trapped intermediate aph4 ÍOSfodíéStPl and observed by HPLC
LCMS of reaction mixture of compound 64b + GSH at 20 min
Waters Acquity UPLC and SDS were used to characterize the products formed during drug release. XBridge cl8 3.5um, 4.6xl50mm, Waters part # 186003034 was used with solvent A: 5mM ammonium / water format and B:
346 linear gradient acetonitrile such as
Table 2.
shown in
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0549.tif" />
Table 2
<td>Weather</td><td>Flow</td><td>% of A</td><td>% of B</td><td>Curve</td>
<td> 0.0</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td></td>
<td> 5.00</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 80</td><td> 20</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 7</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 5</td><td> 95</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 7.5</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99</td><td> 1</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 9</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99</td><td> 1</td><td> 1</td>
Figure 1 provides a representative HPLC profile of compound 64a + GSH.
Figure 2 provides a representative HPLG profile of compound 64a, a glutathione adduct and the final product after release of the pro-residue.
In Figure 3, compounds 64a and 64b show first-order pseudokinetics since the concentration of glutathione in large excess is compared to the substrate and therefore remains effectively constant during the course of the reaction. The curves for depleting the starting material and forming the product are not identical images given the accumulation of the intermediate that is characterized as glutathione adduct of dinucleoside triester (see Figure 2 and Figure 4).
347
Example 397
Assisted excision
<img file="MX342945B_D0550.tif" />
carboxyserase oer compound 64c.
FF scheme
HO
<img file="MX342945B_D0551.tif" />
Carboxylesterase
Fi4c compound
HS
<img file="MX342945B_D0552.tif" />
HO
<img file="MX342945B_D0553.tif" />
HO phosphodiester
Porcine liver esterase (Sigma
Aldrich, product no .: E2884) was a suspension in 3.2M ammonium sulfate pH = 8.0, concentration of 36 mg protein / mL and 154 units / mg protein. In accordance with product specifications, one unit will hydrolyze 1 μΜ of ethyl butyrate in butyric acid and ethanol per minute at pH = 8.0 at 25 ° C.
Compound 64c (0.1QD, 5.5 nmol) in 10 pL 1XPBS was incubated at 37 ° C for 10 min. Serial dilutions of PLE were made in ten vessels with conc. in units of 1,
10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4, 10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9 each in 10 pL 1XPBS. The protein solution was incubated at 37 ° C for 10 min and then each was added to ten containers containing compound 64c. The mixtures were stored at
7 ° C for 30 min and analyzed by analytical HPLC and LCMS. The 64c was fully converted to phosphodiester in
348
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0554.tif" />
containers with concentrated protein from 1, 10-1 and
-10-2. Side reactions were not observed. There were no reactions in containers with conc protein. from 10-6 to 10-9. Some product was absorbed into the containers containing conc protein. 10-3 and 10-4. This suggests that these concentrations are appropriate for studying prodrug release kinetics using PLE. Time dependent kinetics will be studied using conc. within the range of
10-3 to 10-4 / ~ 6 nmoles of compound 64c.
Compound 64c (5 OD, 2.9 pmoles) dissolved in 900 pL of 1XPBS was incubated at 37 ° C for 10 min. Porcine liver stress (1U) in 100 pL lxPBS was added to the above mixture and stored at 37 ° C. 100 pL aliquots were removed at 0 min, 15 min, and 45 min, quenched with 100 pL acetonitrile, and the samples were chilled in an ice bath. The samples were analyzed by UPLC SQD in XBridge C18 3.5 pm, 4.6 x 150 mm, with solvent system A: 5 mM of ammonium / water format and B: acetonitrile with linear gradient as shown in Table 3. At zero minutes, only compound 64c was observed, after 15 min about 50% of the product was formed and the reaction was completed after 45 minutes. Therefore the TpT 64c diester was released by treatment with carboxylesterase without detectable accumulation of intermediates.
349
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0555.tif" />
Table 3
<td>Weather</td><td>Flow</td><td>% of A</td><td>% of B</td><td>Curve</td>
<td> 0.0</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td></td>
<td> 2.0</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td> 1</td>
<td> 7.0</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 60.0</td><td> 40.0</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 9.0</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 5.0</td><td> 95.00</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 9.5</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td> 6</td>
<td> 11.0</td><td> 1.00</td><td> 99.0</td><td> 1.0</td><td> 1</td>
Example 398. Treatment of pancreatic cancer
A method of treating a subject having pancreatic cancer is contemplated which comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising the pronucleotide of 2'-5'-A3 S-acetyl-2-thioethyl of Example 242. It is expected that treatment achieves increased tumor inhibition compared to gemcitabine given as a single agent or gemcytabine and erlotinib given in combination.
Example 399. Cell penetration test
P32-labeled nucleic acid drugs Prepare the labeled nucleic acid prodrug and major drug using radionculeotide [32P] dNTP (Fisher Scientific, Pittsburgh, PA) to synthesize nucleic acid molecules comprising chiral phosphorous residues and corresponding major drugs as described here.
350
ΙΜΡΙ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0556.tif" />
Cell culture and penetration testing
Select culture of HeLa cells (adherent human cervical cancer) grown in DMEM-10% FBS or BxPC-3 cells (adherent human pancreatic adenocarcinoma) grown in
90% RPMI 1640-10% FBS. For cell culture plate placement, trypsinize cells with 0.05% trypsin-EDTA. Assay viability and cell count by Trypan Blue staining in phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
Dilute cells and seed at 1x105 cells / well in a 6-well format. Incubate at 37 ° C in a 5% atmosphere
CO2 for 16 hours or until cells adhere and grow to at least 80% confluence.
Add labeled prodrug mix to the prodrug experimental wells to achieve a final predetermined range of concentrations (eg, 1 µΜ, 5 µΜ, and 10 µΜ). Add primary prodrug mix to primary prodrug experimental wells to achieve a final predetermined range of concentrations (eg, 1 µΜ, 5 µΜ, and 10 µΜ). Leave wells untreated for negative control. Incubate cells with experimental treatments at predetermined intervals of time (eg, 15 minutes, 1 hour, 4 hours, and 8 hours).
P32 detection and prodrug penetration determination
<img file="MX342945B_D0557.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE ς 1 Say THE property
-<sup>1</sup> -<sup>1</sup>- INDUSTRIAL
To collect, wash the wells .i. times with a serum-free medium and apply non-denaturing TRIS-HC1 lysis buffer with 1% Triton X100 (Cell
Signaling Technology, Inc., Boston, MA) and briefly destroy by ultrasound. Collect cytosolic and nuclear fractions using standard collection techniques.
Measurement of drug penetration is performed using standard radiation detection techniques. For scintillation counter detection, add 50 pL of sample to 5 mL of scintillation cocktail and measure beta emission by liquid scintillation counting. Aliquots of each sample are assayed by Bradford colorimetric assays to normalize radiation counts for total protein concentration.
Example 400. Functional cell penetration test
Using a reporter gene.
Cell line fusion and transfection gene vector assembly
When nucleic acid prodrugs are used to inhibit specific gene expression, eg, antisense or antigenic oligonucleotides, a functional penetration assay would be desired. Culture HeLa (adherent human cervical cancer) cells in DMEM-10% FBS. Cloning the gene of interest into a commercially available vector such
352
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0558.tif" />
such as Living Colors® Fluorescent Protein Vector, Clontech, Mountain View, CA. Transfect cells with DNA construct and select stable transfectants using standard techniques. The result is the constitutive expression of the gene of interest and a fluorescent reporter (eg, protein AcGFPl).
Nucleic acid drugs that inhibit specific gene expression
Prepare nucleic acid molecules comprising chiral phosphorous residues and corresponding major drugs as described herein to alter the promoter sequence of the vector gene.
Cell culture and penetration testing
Prepare the transfected culture by first trypsinizing cells for plating with 0.05% trypsin-EDTA. Assay cell viability and count by standard staining with Trypan Blue in phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Dilute cells and seed at 1x105 cells / well in a 6-well format. Incubate at 37 ° C in a 5% CO2 atmosphere for 16 hours or until cells adhere and grow to at least 80% confluence.
A fluorescent signal is first detected 8-12 hours after transfection. Add prodrug mix to prodrug experimental wells to achieve a
353
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0559.tif" />
final predetermined range of concentrations (eg, 1 µΜ, 5 µΜ, and 10 µΜ). Add the main prodrug mix to the main prodrug experimental wells to achieve a final predetermined range of concentrations (eg, 1 µΜ, 5 µΜ, and 10 µΜ). Leave wells untreated for negative control. Incubate cells with experimental treatments at predetermined intervals of time (eg, 15 minutes, 1 hour, 4 hours, and 8 hours).
Expression determination of the prodrug penetration reporter gene
To collect, wash each well 3 times with serum-free medium and trypsinize again. Measurement of drug penetration is performed using standard fluorescence detection techniques. For qualitative fluorescence measurement under a microscope and quantitative measurement with flow cytometry, use the wavelength stimulated by the fluorescent reporter (eg, 488 nm for AcGFPl).
When preferred embodiments have been demonstrated and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now appear to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It will be understood that
354
IMPÍ
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX342945B_D0560.tif" />
Various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention. The following claims are intended to define the scope of the invention and to cover the methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
J 3 3 PROPERTY
INDUSTRIAL
Contents597
564 sheets
Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 3 Sheet 4 Sheet 5 Sheet 6 Sheet 7 Sheet 8 Sheet 9 Sheet 10 Sheet 11 Sheet 12 Sheet 13 Sheet 14 Sheet 15 Sheet 16 Sheet 17 Sheet 18 Sheet 19 Sheet 20 Sheet 21 Sheet 22 Sheet 23 Sheet 24 Sheet 25 Sheet 26 Sheet 27 Sheet 28 Sheet 29 Sheet 30 Sheet 31 Sheet 32 Sheet 33 Sheet 34 Sheet 35 Sheet 36 Sheet 37 Sheet 38 Sheet 39 Sheet 40 Sheet 41 Sheet 42 Sheet 43 Sheet 44 Sheet 45 Sheet 46 Sheet 47 Sheet 48 Sheet 49 Sheet 50 Sheet 51 Sheet 52 Sheet 53 Sheet 54 Sheet 55 Sheet 56 Sheet 57 Sheet 58 Sheet 59 Sheet 60 Sheet 61 Sheet 62 Sheet 63 Sheet 64 Sheet 65 Sheet 66 Sheet 67 Sheet 68 Sheet 69 Sheet 70 Sheet 71 Sheet 72 Sheet 73 Sheet 74 Sheet 75 Sheet 76 Sheet 77 Sheet 78 Sheet 79 Sheet 80 Sheet 81 Sheet 82 Sheet 83 Sheet 84 Sheet 85 Sheet 86 Sheet 87 Sheet 88 Sheet 89 Sheet 90 Sheet 91 Sheet 92 Sheet 93 Sheet 94 Sheet 95 Sheet 96 Sheet 97 Sheet 98 Sheet 99 Sheet 100 Sheet 101 Sheet 102 Sheet 103 Sheet 104 Sheet 105 Sheet 106 Sheet 107 Sheet 108 Sheet 109 Sheet 110 Sheet 111 Sheet 112 Sheet 113 Sheet 114 Sheet 115 Sheet 116 Sheet 117 Sheet 118 Sheet 119 Sheet 120 Sheet 121 Sheet 122 Sheet 123 Sheet 124 Sheet 125 Sheet 126 Sheet 127 Sheet 128 Sheet 129 Sheet 130 Sheet 131 Sheet 132 Sheet 133 Sheet 134 Sheet 135 Sheet 136 Sheet 137 Sheet 138 Sheet 139 Sheet 140 Sheet 141 Sheet 142 Sheet 143 Sheet 144 Sheet 145 Sheet 146 Sheet 147 Sheet 148 Sheet 149 Sheet 150 Sheet 151 Sheet 152 Sheet 153 Sheet 154 Sheet 155 Sheet 156 Sheet 157 Sheet 158 Sheet 159 Sheet 160 Sheet 161 Sheet 162 Sheet 163 Sheet 164 Sheet 165 Sheet 166 Sheet 167 Sheet 168 Sheet 169 Sheet 170 Sheet 171 Sheet 172 Sheet 173 Sheet 174 Sheet 175 Sheet 176 Sheet 177 Sheet 178 Sheet 179 Sheet 180 Sheet 181 Sheet 182 Sheet 183 Sheet 184 Sheet 185 Sheet 186 Sheet 187 Sheet 188 Sheet 189 Sheet 190 Sheet 191 Sheet 192 Sheet 193 Sheet 194 Sheet 195 Sheet 196 Sheet 197 Sheet 198 Sheet 199 Sheet 200 Sheet 201 Sheet 202 Sheet 203 Sheet 204 Sheet 205 Sheet 206 Sheet 207 Sheet 208 Sheet 209 Sheet 210 Sheet 211 Sheet 212 Sheet 213 Sheet 214 Sheet 215 Sheet 216 Sheet 217 Sheet 218 Sheet 219 Sheet 220 Sheet 221 Sheet 222 Sheet 223 Sheet 224 Sheet 225 Sheet 226 Sheet 227 Sheet 228 Sheet 229 Sheet 230 Sheet 231 Sheet 232 Sheet 233 Sheet 234 Sheet 235 Sheet 236 Sheet 237 Sheet 238 Sheet 239 Sheet 240 Sheet 241 Sheet 242 Sheet 243 Sheet 244 Sheet 245 Sheet 246 Sheet 247 Sheet 248 Sheet 249 Sheet 250 Sheet 251 Sheet 252 Sheet 253 Sheet 254 Sheet 255 Sheet 256 Sheet 257 Sheet 258 Sheet 259 Sheet 260 Sheet 261 Sheet 262 Sheet 263 Sheet 264 Sheet 265 Sheet 266 Sheet 267 Sheet 268 Sheet 269 Sheet 270 Sheet 271 Sheet 272 Sheet 273 Sheet 274 Sheet 275 Sheet 276 Sheet 277 Sheet 278 Sheet 279 Sheet 280 Sheet 281 Sheet 282 Sheet 283 Sheet 284 Sheet 285 Sheet 286 Sheet 287 Sheet 288 Sheet 289 Sheet 290 Sheet 291 Sheet 292 Sheet 293 Sheet 294 Sheet 295 Sheet 296 Sheet 297 Sheet 298 Sheet 299 Sheet 300 Sheet 301 Sheet 302 Sheet 303 Sheet 304 Sheet 305 Sheet 306 Sheet 307 Sheet 308 Sheet 309 Sheet 310 Sheet 311 Sheet 312 Sheet 313 Sheet 314 Sheet 315 Sheet 316 Sheet 317 Sheet 318 Sheet 319 Sheet 320 Sheet 321 Sheet 322 Sheet 323 Sheet 324 Sheet 325 Sheet 326 Sheet 327 Sheet 328 Sheet 329 Sheet 330 Sheet 331 Sheet 332 Sheet 333 Sheet 334 Sheet 335 Sheet 336 Sheet 337 Sheet 338 Sheet 339 Sheet 340 Sheet 341 Sheet 342 Sheet 343 Sheet 344 Sheet 345 Sheet 346 Sheet 347 Sheet 348 Sheet 349 Sheet 350 Sheet 351 Sheet 352 Sheet 353 Sheet 354 Sheet 355 Sheet 356 Sheet 357 Sheet 358 Sheet 359 Sheet 360 Sheet 361 Sheet 362 Sheet 363 Sheet 364 Sheet 365 Sheet 366 Sheet 367 Sheet 368 Sheet 369 Sheet 370 Sheet 371 Sheet 372 Sheet 373 Sheet 374 Sheet 375 Sheet 376 Sheet 377 Sheet 378 Sheet 379 Sheet 380 Sheet 381 Sheet 382 Sheet 383 Sheet 384 Sheet 385 Sheet 386 Sheet 387 Sheet 388 Sheet 389 Sheet 390 Sheet 391 Sheet 392 Sheet 393 Sheet 394 Sheet 395 Sheet 396 Sheet 397 Sheet 398 Sheet 399 Sheet 400 Sheet 401 Sheet 402 Sheet 403 Sheet 404 Sheet 405 Sheet 406 Sheet 407 Sheet 408 Sheet 409 Sheet 410 Sheet 411 Sheet 412 Sheet 413 Sheet 414 Sheet 415 Sheet 416 Sheet 417 Sheet 418 Sheet 419 Sheet 420 Sheet 421 Sheet 422 Sheet 423 Sheet 424 Sheet 425 Sheet 426 Sheet 427 Sheet 428 Sheet 429 Sheet 430 Sheet 431 Sheet 432 Sheet 433 Sheet 434 Sheet 435 Sheet 436 Sheet 437 Sheet 438 Sheet 439 Sheet 440 Sheet 441 Sheet 442 Sheet 443 Sheet 444 Sheet 445 Sheet 446 Sheet 447 Sheet 448 Sheet 449 Sheet 450 Sheet 451 Sheet 452 Sheet 453 Sheet 454 Sheet 455 Sheet 456 Sheet 457 Sheet 458 Sheet 459 Sheet 460 Sheet 461 Sheet 462 Sheet 463 Sheet 464 Sheet 465 Sheet 466 Sheet 467 Sheet 468 Sheet 469 Sheet 470 Sheet 471 Sheet 472 Sheet 473 Sheet 474 Sheet 475 Sheet 476 Sheet 477 Sheet 478 Sheet 479 Sheet 480 Sheet 481 Sheet 482 Sheet 483 Sheet 484 Sheet 485 Sheet 486 Sheet 487 Sheet 488 Sheet 489 Sheet 490 Sheet 491 Sheet 492 Sheet 493 Sheet 494 Sheet 495 Sheet 496 Sheet 497 Sheet 498 Sheet 499 Sheet 500 Sheet 501 Sheet 502 Sheet 503 Sheet 504 Sheet 505 Sheet 506 Sheet 507 Sheet 508 Sheet 509 Sheet 510 Sheet 511 Sheet 512 Sheet 513 Sheet 514 Sheet 515 Sheet 516 Sheet 517 Sheet 518 Sheet 519 Sheet 520 Sheet 521 Sheet 522 Sheet 523 Sheet 524 Sheet 525 Sheet 526 Sheet 527 Sheet 528 Sheet 529 Sheet 530 Sheet 531 Sheet 532 Sheet 533 Sheet 534 Sheet 535 Sheet 536 Sheet 537 Sheet 538 Sheet 539 Sheet 540 Sheet 541 Sheet 542 Sheet 543 Sheet 544 Sheet 545 Sheet 546 Sheet 547 Sheet 548 Sheet 549 Sheet 550 Sheet 551 Sheet 552 Sheet 553 Sheet 554 Sheet 555 Sheet 556 Sheet 557 Sheet 558 Sheet 559 Sheet 560 Sheet 561 Sheet 562 Sheet 563 Sheet 564
31 members in 14 offices
Priority claims14
| Document | Office | Kind | Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| 22336909 | United States of America | P | |
| 22336909 | United States of America | P | |
| 61223369 | United States of America | – | |
| 24272209 | United States of America | P | |
| 24272209 | United States of America | P | |
| 61242722 | United States of America | – | |
| 2010041068 | United States of America | W | |
| 2010041068 | United States of America | W | |
| 61223369 | – | – | – |
| 61242722 | – | – | – |
| PCTUS2010041068 | – | – | – |
| US20090223369P | – | – | – |
| US20090242722P | – | – | – |
| WO2010US41068 | – | – | – |
Members31
| Document | Office | Kind | |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA2767253A1 | Canada | A1 | |
| WO2011005761A1 | World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) | A1 | |
| WO2011005761A8 | World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) | A8 | |
| AU2010270714A1 | Australia | A1 | |
| SG177564A1 | Singapore | A1 | |
| IL217370A0 | Israel | A0 | |
| KR20120046238A | Republic of Korea | A | |
| EP2451461A1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A1 | |
| MX2012000380A | Mexico | A | |
| CN102596204A | China | A | |
| JP2012532199A | Japan | A | |
| US2012316224A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| EP2451461A4 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A4 | |
| RU2012102480A | Russian Federation | A | |
| SG10201403841QA | Singapore | A | |
| IN720DEN2012A | India | A | |
| AU2010270714B2 | Australia | B2 | |
| JP2015205910A | Japan | A | |
| AU2015255202A1 | Australia | A1 | |
| BR112012000828A2 | Brazil | A2 | |
| JP5998326B2 | Japan | B2 | |
| MX342945BThis record | Mexico | B | |
| CN102596204B | China | B | |
| US2016347784A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| RU2612521C2 | Russian Federation | C2 | |
| AU2015255202B2 | Australia | B2 | |
| US9744183B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| IL217370A | Israel | A | |
| BR112012000828A8 | Brazil | A8 | |
| KR101885383B1 | Republic of Korea | B1 | |
| US10307434B2 | United States of America | B2 |
1 legal event, as the office reported them to INPADOC
Events
| Event | Code | |
|---|---|---|
| Grant or registrationFG | FG |
Numbers
- Publication
- 342945
- Publication, DOCDB
- 342945
- Publication, EPODOC
- MX342945
- Application
- 2012000380
- Application, DOCDB
- 2012000380
- Application, EPODOC
- MX20120000380
Titles2
- English
- NOVEL NUCLEIC ACID PRODRUGS AND METHODS USE THEREOF.
- Spanish
- PROFÁRMACOS DE ÁCIDO NUCLEICO NOVEDOSOS Y MÉTODOS DE USO DE LOS MISMOS.
Classification
- CPC, 16
- A61K31/70
- C07H21/00
- C07F9/65515
- A61P1/18
- A61P3/02
- A61P35/00
- A61P43/00
- A61K31/7115
- A61K31/712
- A61K31/7125
- A61K48/00
- C07H21/02
- A61K31/7076
- A61K31/7088
- C07H19/06
- C07H19/16
- IPC, 4
- A61K31 711
- A61K31 7052
- A61P35 00
- C07H21 04